TW200934859A - Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for forming liquid crystal alignment film - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for forming liquid crystal alignment film

Info

Publication number
TW200934859A
TW200934859A TW97150434A TW97150434A TW200934859A TW 200934859 A TW200934859 A TW 200934859A TW 97150434 A TW97150434 A TW 97150434A TW 97150434 A TW97150434 A TW 97150434A TW 200934859 A TW200934859 A TW 200934859A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
arie
group
acid
crystal alignment
Prior art date
Application number
TW97150434A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI406931B (en
Inventor
Toshiyuki Akiike
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW200934859A publication Critical patent/TW200934859A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI406931B publication Critical patent/TWI406931B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/38Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08G77/382Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen or silicon
    • C08G77/388Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen or silicon containing nitrogen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133719Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films with coupling agent molecules, e.g. silane

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Silicon Polymers (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane which is obtained by reacting a compound represented by Formula (1) with a specific polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. (In Formula (1), RI represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1-40 carbon atoms; RII, RIV and RV independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom; and when RI is a hydrogen atom, RIII represents a monovalent organic group having 1-40 carbon atoms, but when RI is other than a hydrogen atom, RIII represents a carboxyl group.)

Description

200934859 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於液晶配向劑及液晶配向膜之形成方法。 【先前技術】 . 以往,已知將具有正介電異向性之向列型液晶,以具 有液晶配向膜的附透明電極基板使成三明治構造’且因應 ❹ 必要,液晶分子之長軸在基板間〇〜3 60°連續地扭曲而 成具有 TN(Twisted Nematic)型、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)型、IPS(In Plane Switching)型等之液晶晶胞的液 晶顯示元件(特開昭56-9 1 277號公報及特開平1 -1 20528號 公報作參考)。 此般液晶晶胞中,爲使液晶分子對基板面配向成特定 方向,需於基板表面設置液晶配向膜。此液晶配向膜,通 常將基板表面所形成之有機膜表面以嫘縈等之布材在.單方 〇 向摩擦的方法(摩擦法)而形成。然而,使液晶配向膜形成 藉由摩擦處理進行,則在步驟内因易產生灰塵或靜電,有 於配向膜表面附著灰塵成爲顯示不良產生的原因之問題。 尤其爲具TFT(Thin Film Transistor)元件的基板時,因產 生之靜電造成TFT元件電路破壊,亦有成爲產率降低的原 因之問題。進一步、在今後愈來愈高精細化的液晶顯示元 件中,因伴隨画素高密度化於基板表面產生凹凸,均一地 進行摩擦處理變得困難。 使液晶晶胞中液晶配向的別種手段,已知於基板表面 -4- 200934859 所形成的聚乙烯基肉桂酸酯、聚醯亞胺、偶氮苯衍生物等 之感光性薄膜照射偏光或非偏光的放射線,而賦予液晶配 向能的光配向法。根據此方法,不產生靜電或灰塵,可實 現均一的液晶配向(特開平6-287453號公報、特開平ι〇_ 25 1 646號公報、特開平11-2815號公報、特開平1卜 胃 1 52475號公報、特開2000- 1 44 1 3 6號公報、特開2000_ 319510號公報、特開2000-281724號公報、特開平9_ 2973 1 3號公報、特開2003 -3 0773 6號公報、特開2004_ 163646號公報及特開2002-250924號公報作參考)。 然而,TN(Twisted Nematic)型、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)型等之液晶晶胞中,液晶配向膜需要有使液晶分 子相對於基板面以特定角度傾斜配向的預傾角特性。經光 配向法形成液晶配向膜時,預傾角特性,通常藉由向基板 面的入射方向係從基板法線傾斜的放射線的照射而賦予。 另外’作爲與上述不同的液晶顯示元件之動作模式, ^ 亦知使具負的介電各向異性的液晶分子於基板上垂直配向 垂直(Homeotropic)配向模式。在此動作模式,於基板間外 加電壓’液晶分子在基板向平行方向傾斜時,需要液晶分 子從基板法線方向朝向基板面内之單方向傾斜。作爲此之 手段’提案例如,於基板表面設置突起的方法、於透明電 極設置條狀之方法、藉由使用摩擦配向膜而使液晶分子從 基板法線方向朝向基板面内之單方向稍微傾斜(使預傾斜) 的方法等。 前述光配向法已知亦可用作控制垂直配向模式中液晶 -5- 200934859 晶胞的液晶分子傾斜方向的方法。亦即,已知藉由使用以 光配向法賦予配向規制能及預傾角展現性的垂直配向膜, 可控制電壓外加時之液晶分子的傾斜方向爲均一(特開 2003-307736號公報、特開2004-163646號公報、特開 2002-250924號公報、特開2004-83810號公報、特開平9-. 211468號公報及特開2003-114437號公報作參考)。 如此一來,以光配向法所製造的液晶配向膜,爲適用 Q 於各種液晶顯示元件者。然而,在習知光配向膜,有爲了 得到大的預傾角而需要放射線照射量多的問題。例如,有 對含偶氮苯衍生物之薄膜以光配向法賦予液晶配向能時, 爲得到充足預傾角,必須將該光軸從基板法線傾斜的放射 線以1 0,000J/m2以上照射之報告(特開2002-250924號公 報及特開 2004-83 8 1 0號公報以及 J. of the SID 11/3, 2003, p579 作參考)。 另外,經光配向法所製造之液晶配向膜,爲於主成分 © 的聚合物之側鏈具感光性部位者,而習知之光配向性材料 ’無法排除側鏈的感光性部位在液晶面板製造步驟的加熱 時產生熱分解的可能性,有污染基板或面板製造生產線之 不期望情形之虞。 如以上般,目前未有以少量放射線照射量的光配向法 而可形成具良好液晶配向能、優異電特性及高耐熱性的液 晶配向膜,不產生後烘烤時之熱分解問題的液晶配向劑。 【發明內容】 -6- 200934859 本發明爲鑑於上述者所成,該目的係提供保存安定性 優異,不進行摩擦處理而以偏光或非偏光的放射線照射即 使以少曝光量亦可得到具良好液晶配向能的液晶配向膜之 液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑的電特性及耐熱性優的液 晶配向膜之形成方法以及顯示特性、信賴性等之諸性能優 . 之液晶顯示元件。 根據本發明,本發明之上述目的,第1 :係經由含有 Φ 使下述式(1)200934859 IX. Description of the Invention [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a method for forming a liquid crystal alignment agent and a liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] Conventionally, it is known that a nematic liquid crystal having positive dielectric anisotropy is formed into a sandwich structure with a transparent electrode substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film, and the long axis of the liquid crystal molecules is on the substrate. A liquid crystal display element having a TN (Twisted Nematic) type, an STN (Super Twisted Nematic) type, an IPS (In Plane Switching type) type liquid crystal cell, etc. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 1 277 and JP-A No. Hei. In the liquid crystal cell, in order to align the liquid crystal molecules to the substrate surface in a specific direction, it is necessary to provide a liquid crystal alignment film on the surface of the substrate. In the liquid crystal alignment film, the surface of the organic film formed on the surface of the substrate is usually formed by a rubbing method (friction method) in a single rubbing direction. However, when the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by the rubbing treatment, dust or static electricity is easily generated in the step, and the adhesion of dust to the surface of the alignment film causes a problem of display failure. In particular, in the case of a substrate having a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) element, the TFT element circuit is broken due to static electricity generated, and there is a problem that the yield is lowered. Further, in the liquid crystal display device which is becoming more and more refined in the future, it is difficult to uniformly perform the rubbing treatment due to the unevenness of the pixel on the surface of the substrate. Other means for aligning the liquid crystal in the liquid crystal cell, the photosensitive film of polyvinyl cinnamate, polyimine, azobenzene derivative, etc. formed on the substrate surface -4-200934859 is irradiated with polarized or non-polarized light. Radiation, and the optical alignment method that gives the liquid crystal alignment energy. According to this method, uniform liquid crystal alignment can be achieved without generating static electricity or dust (Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-287453, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Publication No. Publication No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. Nos. JP-A-2004-163646 and JP-A-2002-250924 are incorporated herein by reference. However, in the liquid crystal cell of the TN (Twisted Nematic) type or the STN (Super Twisted Nematic) type, the liquid crystal alignment film needs to have a pretilt characteristic which causes the liquid crystal molecules to be inclined at a specific angle with respect to the substrate surface. When the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by the photo-alignment method, the pretilt angle characteristic is usually imparted by irradiation of radiation inclined from the substrate normal to the incident direction of the substrate surface. Further, as an operation mode of the liquid crystal display element different from the above, it is also known that liquid crystal molecules having a negative dielectric anisotropy are vertically aligned in a homeotropic alignment mode on a substrate. In this operation mode, when a liquid crystal molecule is applied between the substrates, when the liquid crystal molecules are tilted in the parallel direction, the liquid crystal molecules are required to be inclined from the normal direction of the substrate toward the single direction in the substrate surface. As a means of this, for example, a method of providing a protrusion on a surface of a substrate, a method of providing a stripe shape on a transparent electrode, and a liquid alignment of a liquid crystal molecule from a normal direction of a substrate toward a single direction in a substrate surface by using a rubbing alignment film are proposed (for example) The method of making the pretilt). The aforementioned photoalignment method is also known as a method of controlling the tilt direction of liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal cell in the vertical alignment mode. In other words, it is known that the tilting direction of the liquid crystal molecules at the time of voltage application can be controlled to be uniform by using a vertical alignment film which imparts an alignment regulation property and a pretilt angle exhibitability by a photo-alignment method (Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-307736, JP-A-2003-307736) Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-163646, JP-A-2002-250924, JP-A-2004-83810, JP-A-H09---- No. In this way, the liquid crystal alignment film produced by the photo-alignment method is suitable for various liquid crystal display elements. However, in the conventional light alignment film, there is a problem that a large amount of radiation irradiation is required in order to obtain a large pretilt angle. For example, when a film containing an azobenzene derivative is given a liquid crystal alignment energy by a photo-alignment method, in order to obtain a sufficient pretilt angle, it is necessary to irradiate the radiation whose optical axis is inclined from the substrate normal line at 10,000 J/m 2 or more. (JP-A-2002-250924 and JP-A-2004-83 8 1 0 and J. of the SID 11/3, 2003, p579 for reference). In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film produced by the photo-alignment method has a photosensitive portion in the side chain of the polymer of the main component ©, and the conventional photo-alignment material cannot be excluded from the photosensitive portion of the side chain in the liquid crystal panel manufacturing. The heating of the step creates the possibility of thermal decomposition, which is an undesired situation in which the substrate or panel manufacturing line is contaminated. As described above, there is currently no liquid alignment method with a small amount of radiation exposure, and a liquid crystal alignment film having good liquid crystal alignment energy, excellent electrical characteristics, and high heat resistance can be formed, and liquid crystal alignment without thermal decomposition problems in post-baking can be produced. Agent. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal which is excellent in storage stability and which can be irradiated with polarized light or non-polarized light without performing rubbing treatment, even with a small exposure amount. A liquid crystal alignment element which is an alignment aligning liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film which has excellent electrical properties and heat resistance, and a liquid crystal display element which exhibits excellent performance such as display characteristics and reliability. According to the present invention, the above object of the present invention is to provide the following formula (1) by including Φ

(式(1)中,R1爲氫原子或碳數1〜40之1價的有機基,R11 、RIV& Rv各自獨立’爲氫原子、甲基、氰基或氟原子, R1爲氫原子時R1U爲碳數1〜40之1價的有機基,R1爲氫 原子以外時R111爲羧基。) 所表示之化合物、 與由下述式(s-i) if --Si-〇-- Y1 (s-l ) (式(s-l)中,x1爲具有環氧基之丨價的有機基,Y1爲羥基 、碳數1〜10之烷氧基 '碳數1〜20之烷基或碳數6〜20 200934859 之芳基。)所表示之具有重複單位的聚有機砂氧烷、其水 解物及水解物之縮合物所成群選出之至少1種進行反應所 得到之含感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷之液晶配向劑而達成。 本發明之上述目的,第2: 係經由於基板上,塗佈上述液晶配向劑形成塗膜,並 . 於該塗膜照射放射線之液晶配向膜之形成方法而達成。 D 實施發明之最佳形態 <液晶配向劑> 本發明之液晶配向劑係含有上述式(1)所表示之化合物 (以下、稱「桂皮酸衍生物(1)」。)與由上述式(s-ι)所表示 之具有重複單位的聚有機砂氧院、其水解物及水解物之縮 合物所成群選出之至少1種(以下、稱「具有環氧基的聚 有機矽氧烷」。)進行反應所得到之含感放射線性聚有機 ' 矽氧烷。 Q 本發明所用之桂皮酸衍生物(1)爲上述式(1)所表示之 化合物。上述式(1)中R11、汉1¥及Rv各自以氫原子爲佳。 桂皮酸衍生物(1)以下述式(2)(In the formula (1), R1 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and R11, RIV& Rv are each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom, and when R1 is a hydrogen atom; R1U is a monovalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and when R1 is a hydrogen atom, R111 is a carboxyl group.) The compound represented by the formula (si): -Si-〇--Y1 (sl) (In the formula (s1), x1 is an organic group having a valence of an epoxy group, Y1 is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, or a carbon number of 6 to 20 200934859 a liquid crystal containing a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane obtained by reacting at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyorganosiloxane having a repeating unit and a condensate of a hydrolyzate and a hydrolyzate thereof It is achieved by an alignment agent. According to the above object of the present invention, the second aspect is achieved by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate to form a coating film, and forming a liquid crystal alignment film by irradiating the coating film with radiation. D. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION <Liquid crystal alignment agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (1) (hereinafter referred to as "cinnamic acid derivative (1)") and the above formula At least one selected from the group consisting of a polyorganic shale compound having a repeating unit and a condensate of a hydrolyzate and a hydrolyzate thereof (hereinafter referred to as "a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group" (hereinafter referred to as "s-ι") The radiation-containing polyorgano-oxygenane obtained by the reaction was carried out. Q The cinnamic acid derivative (1) used in the present invention is a compound represented by the above formula (1). In the above formula (1), each of R11, Han 1 and Rv is preferably a hydrogen atom. The cinnamic acid derivative (1) is represented by the following formula (2)

(式(2)中,R11、RIV及Rv分別與上述式(1)中者同義,rVI 爲單鍵、醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、硫酯鍵或酸胺鍵,R VII爲 200934859 可以氟原子取代之碳數之烷基或可以氟原子取代之 碳數3〜40之脂環式基。) 所表示之化合物或下述式(3)(In the formula (2), R11, RIV and Rv are respectively synonymous with the above formula (1), and rVI is a single bond, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an ester bond, a thioester bond or an acid amine bond, and R VII is 200934859 An alkyl group having a carbon number substituted by a fluorine atom or an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 40 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom.) A compound represented by the formula or the following formula (3)

(式(3)中’ R11、Rlv及Rv分別與上述式(1)中者同義, RVMI爲可以氟原子取代之碳數1〜30之烷基或可以氟原子 取代之碳數3〜40之脂環式基。)所表示之化合物爲佳。 上述式(2)中RV1,以氧原子或酯鍵(惟,氧原子與基 RVI1鍵結。)爲佳。Rvn,以可以氟原子取代之碳數1〜20 之院基、Cholestanyl基、cholestenyl基、環己基或院基 之碳數係1〜10的烷基環己基爲佳。 〇 上述式(2)所表示之化合物之例方面’例如下述式(2- 1)〜(2-1〇) 200934859(In the formula (3), 'R11, Rlv and Rv are the same as those in the above formula (1), and RVMI is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a carbon number of 3 to 40 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. The compound represented by the alicyclic group.) is preferred. In the above formula (2), RV1 is preferably an oxygen atom or an ester bond (except that an oxygen atom is bonded to the group RVI1). Rvn is preferably an alkylcyclohexyl group having a carbon number of from 1 to 20, a Cholestanyl group, a cholesenyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a substituent having a carbon number of from 1 to 20 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom.例 Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (2) ' For example, the following formula (2-1)~(2-1〇) 200934859

-10- ^-6)200934859-10-^-6)200934859

CaH2a+i_〇 οCaH2a+i_〇 ο

CH=CH-COOHCH=CH-COOH

CbF2b+1CcH2c 一 〇 Χ^Ν-〇-ο CH=CH-COOH ¢-7) ΟCbF2b+1CcH2c A Χ Χ^Ν-〇-ο CH=CH-COOH ¢-7) Ο

CH=CH-COOHCH=CH-COOH

〇 (2-8) Ο〇 (2-8) Ο

CH=CH-COOH Ο (2-9) c5h” Ο ο CH=CH-COOH ¢-10)CH=CH-COOH Ο (2-9) c5h” Ο ο CH=CH-COOH ¢-10)

(式(2-1)及(2-6)中的a分別爲1〜20之整數,式(2-7)中的b分別爲1〜3之整數,c分別爲0〜10之 之分別所表示之化合物。 上述式(3)中較佳Rvm以碳數1〜20之烷 (:<^2<1+1(:出26-(於此,(1爲1〜3之整數,6爲0〜10 。)、Cholestanyl 基、cholestenyl 基、環己基或侯 數爲1〜10之烷基環己基。此烷基環己基方面,以 環己基或4-戊基環己基爲佳。 2)及(2- 整數。) 基、基 之整數 :基之碳 4-丁基 -11 - 200934859 此般桂皮酸衍生物(1)可經由有機化學之常法而合成。 例如上述式(2 -1)〜(2 - 5 )之分別所表示之化合物,例 如可使對應所期望之化合物的化合物Rvn-OH與偏苯三酸 酐鹵化物反應合成中間體之酯化合物,接著使此酯化合物 與4-胺基桂皮酸反應而合成。中間體酯化合物之合成,較 . 佳爲在適當溶劑中、鹼性化合物之存在下進行,在此可使 用之溶劑,例如四氫呋喃等,鹼性化合物方面,例如三乙 Q 基胺等。酯化合物與4-胺基桂皮酸之反應可舉例如使兩者 在乙酸中進行迴流之方法、使兩者在甲苯或二甲苯中,適 當觸媒(例如硫酸等酸觸媒或三乙基胺等鹼觸媒)存在下進 行迴流之方法等。 例如上述式(2-6)及(2-7)之分別所表示之化合物,可 藉由將5 -羥基苯二甲酸在例如二乙基苯中、迴流下使脫水 閉環成爲酸酐後,與4-胺基桂皮酸以上述相同之方法使其 反應而合成第一中間體之醯亞胺化合物,接著使此醯亞胺 〇 化合物與對應所期望之化合物之化合物RVII-X(於此,X 爲幽原子。)反應而合成。此反應,較佳爲在適當溶劑中 、鹼性化合物之存在下進行。在此可使用之溶劑方面,例 如N,N-二甲基乙醯胺等之醯胺化合物等,鹼性化合物方面 ,例如碳酸鉀等。 例如上述式(2-8)〜(2-10)之分別所表示之化合物,可 藉由例如使對應所期望之化合物之化合物RVII-〇H與4-氟-〇-二甲苯進行反應而合成第一中間體之醚化合物,接著 使此醚化合物氧化再經加熱而脫水後合成第二中間體之酸 -12- 200934859 酐,使此酸酐與4-胺基桂皮酸進行反應而合成。第一中間 體的醚化合物之合成,較佳爲在適當溶劑中、鹼性化合物 之存在下進行。在此可使用之溶劑方面,例如四氫呋喃等 ,鹼性化合物方面,例如tert-丁氧基鉀等。從此醚化合物 的酸酐之合成及酸酐與4-胺基桂皮酸之反應,可依上述式 • (2-6)及(2-7)之分別所表示之化合物之合成方法來進行。 進一步例如上述式(3)所表示之化合物,可藉由將4-〇 硝基桂皮酸以例如鹵化亞硫醯進行處理所得之4-硝基桂皮 酸鹵化物與對應所期望之化合物之化合物Rvm-〇H進行反 應後合成第一中間體的酯化合物,接著將此醚化合物具有 之硝基還原成爲胺基而得到第二中間體,進一步令此第二 中間體與偏苯三酸酐反應而合成。第一中間體之酯化合物 之合成以在三乙基胺等之鹼性化合物之存在下進行爲佳。 _ 酯化合物具有之硝基的還原反應,較佳爲可經由鋅與氯化 銨之組合或氯化錫等之適宜的還原系進行。第二中間體與 ❹ 偏苯三酸酐之反應可依據上述式(2-1)〜(2-5)之分別所表 示之化合物之合成之酯化合物與4 -胺基桂皮酸之反應而進 行。 <具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷> 本發明可使用之具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷爲自上述 式(S-1)所表示之具有重複單位的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物 及水解物之縮合物所成群選出之至少1種。 上述具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷之X1方面,以下述 -13- 200934859 式(X^l)或(Xi-2)(a in the formulas (2-1) and (2-6) are integers of 1 to 20, respectively, and b in the formula (2-7) is an integer of 1 to 3, respectively, and c is 0 to 10, respectively. The compound represented by the above formula (3) is preferably an alkane having a carbon number of 1 to 20 (: <^2<1+1 (:26-(in this case, (1 is an integer of 1 to 3, 6 is 0 to 10.), Cholestanyl group, cholesenyl group, cyclohexyl group or alkylcyclohexyl group having a number of 1 to 10. In terms of the alkylcyclohexyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a 4-pentylcyclohexyl group is preferred. And (2-integer.) Base, base integer: base carbon 4-butyl-11 - 200934859 The cinnamic acid derivative (1) can be synthesized by a common method of organic chemistry. For example, the above formula (2 - 1) a compound represented by a combination of (2 - 5), for example, an ester compound which can react with a compound of the desired compound Rvn-OH and a trimellitic anhydride halide to synthesize an intermediate, and then the ester compound and the 4-amino group The cinnamic acid is reacted and synthesized. The synthesis of the intermediate ester compound is preferably carried out in the presence of a basic compound in a suitable solvent, and a solvent which can be used herein, for example, tetrahydrofuran, For the compound, for example, triethyl Q-amine, etc. The reaction of the ester compound with 4-aminocinnamic acid can be carried out, for example, by refluxing both of them in acetic acid, and the two are suitably contained in toluene or xylene. (For example, an acid catalyst such as sulfuric acid or an alkali catalyst such as triethylamine), a method of refluxing, etc., for example, a compound represented by the above formulas (2-6) and (2-7) can be 5-hydroxy phthalic acid is subjected to dehydration ring closure to an acid anhydride in, for example, diethylbenzene under reflux, and then reacted with 4-aminocinnamic acid in the same manner as above to synthesize a first intermediate quinone imine compound. Next, the quinone imine compound is synthesized by reacting a compound RVII-X (where X is a secluded atom) corresponding to a desired compound. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound. The solvent which can be used herein is, for example, a guanamine compound such as N,N-dimethylacetamide or the like, and a basic compound such as potassium carbonate or the like. For example, the above formula (2-8) to (2- The compound represented by 10) can be made, for example, by The compound RVII-〇H corresponding to the desired compound is reacted with 4-fluoro-indole-xylene to synthesize an ether compound of the first intermediate, and then the ether compound is oxidized and then dehydrated by heating to synthesize a second intermediate. Acid-12-200934859 An acid anhydride which is synthesized by reacting the acid anhydride with 4-aminocinnamic acid. The synthesis of the ether compound of the first intermediate is preferably carried out in the presence of a basic compound in a suitable solvent. The solvent can be used, for example, tetrahydrofuran or the like, and the basic compound, for example, tert-butoxy potassium, etc. The synthesis of the anhydride of the ether compound and the reaction of the acid anhydride with the 4-aminocinnamic acid can be carried out according to the above formula (2). The method for synthesizing the compounds represented by -6) and (2-7), respectively. Further, for example, a compound represented by the above formula (3), a 4-nitrocinnamic acid halide obtained by treating 4-indole nitrocinnamic acid with, for example, a sulfonium halide, and a compound corresponding to the desired compound Rvm After the reaction of hydrazine H, the ester compound of the first intermediate is synthesized, and then the nitro group having the ether compound is reduced to an amine group to obtain a second intermediate, and the second intermediate is further reacted with trimellitic anhydride to synthesize. The synthesis of the ester compound of the first intermediate is preferably carried out in the presence of a basic compound such as triethylamine. The reduction reaction of the nitro group with the nitro group is preferably carried out via a suitable reduction system such as a combination of zinc and ammonium chloride or tin chloride. The reaction of the second intermediate with hydrazine trimellitic anhydride can be carried out by reacting the synthesized ester compound of the compound represented by the above formulas (2-1) to (2-5) with 4-amino cinnamic acid. <Polyorganooxane having an epoxy group> The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group which can be used in the present invention is a polyorganosiloxane having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (S-1) And at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrolyzate and a condensate of a hydrolyzate. In the X1 aspect of the above polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, the following -13-200934859 formula (X^l) or (Xi-2)

(X1-2) © 所示之基爲佳。 Y1之碳數1〜10之烷氧基方面,例如甲氧基、 等;碳數1〜20之烷基方面’例如甲基、乙基、η-η-丁基、η-戊基、η-己基、η-庚基、η-辛基、η-壬基 基、η-~(--院基、η-十二院基、η-十三院基、η-十 、η-十五烷基' η-十六烷基、η-十七烷基、η-十八 . η-十九烷基、η-二十烷基等;碳數6〜20之芳基方 如苯基等。 W 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,經膠體滲透 (GPC)測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量以 100,000 爲佳 ’ 1,000 〜1〇,〇〇〇 較佳,1,〇〇〇 〜5〇〇〇] 此般具有環氧基的聚有機砂氧烷,較佳爲可藉 有環氧基之矽烷化合物、或具有環氧基之矽烷化合 他砂院化合物之混合物’較佳爲在適當有機溶劑、 媒之存在下’進行水解或水解·縮合而合成。 具上述環氧基之矽烷化合物方面,可舉例如3_ 水甘油基(Glycidyloxy)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_氧化 乙氧基 .丙基、 、η-癸 四烷基 烷基、 面,例 層析法 500〜 g佳。 由使具 物與其 水及觸 氧化縮 縮水甘 -14- 200934859 油基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基甲基二甲 氧基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、3 -氧化縮水甘油 基丙基二甲基乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲 氧基砂院、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三乙氧基砂院等。 上述其他矽烷化合物可舉例如四氯矽烷、四甲氧基矽 烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四-η-丙氧基矽烷、四-i-丙氧基矽烷 0 、四-η-丁氧基矽烷、四-sec-丁氧基矽烷、三氯矽烷、三 甲氧基矽烷、三乙氧基矽烷、三-η-丙氧基矽烷、三-i-丙 氧基矽烷、三-η-丁氧基矽烷、三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、氟三 氯矽烷、氟三甲氧基矽烷、氟三乙氧基矽烷、氟三-η-丙氧 基矽烷、氟三-i-丙氧基矽烷、氟三-η-丁氧基矽烷、氟三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三氯矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲 基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基三-i-丙氧 基矽烷、甲基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷 Φ 、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三甲氧 基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基) 乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷 、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基 三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-( 全氟-η-己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三 乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-( 全氟-η-己基)乙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基 三-η-丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三-see-丁氧基矽 -15- 200934859 烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基 三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全 氟-η-辛基)乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、2-( 全氟-η-辛基)乙基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三氯矽烷 ^ 、羥基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基 甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、羥基 0 甲基三-η -丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三- sec -丁氧基矽烷、3-( 甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三氯矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基 三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯 醯氧基丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三- sec-丁氧基矽 烷、3-锍基丙基三氯矽烷、3-锍基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、3-〇 锍基丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、 3-锍基丙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、 锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三氯矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧 基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、 乙烯基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、乙烯 基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三氯矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基 矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、烯 丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基 三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、苯基三氯矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、 -16- 200934859 苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、苯基三小丙 氧基矽烷、苯基三-η -丁氧基矽烷、苯基三- sec -丁氧基矽 烷、甲基二氯矽烷、甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基二乙氧基矽 烷、甲基二-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基二-i-丙氧基矽烷、甲基 二-η-丁氧基矽烷、甲基二-sec-丁氧基矽烷、二甲基二氯 . 矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲 基二-η-丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二小丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二_ @ η-丁氧基矽烷、二甲基二-sec-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全 氟-η-辛基)乙基]二氯矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-n-辛基)乙基] 二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二乙氧基矽 烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二-η-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基 )[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二-i-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-n-辛基)乙基]二-η-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-n-辛基)乙 基]二-sec-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二氯矽烷、( 甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二 〇 乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-巯基丙基)二-η-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基 )(3-锍基丙基)二-i-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二-η-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二-sec-丁氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二氯矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二-η-丙氧基矽 院、(甲基)(乙稀基)二-i-丙氧基较院 ' (甲基)(乙烯基)二_ n-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二- sec-丁氧基矽烷、二乙 烯基二氯矽烷、二乙烯基二甲氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二乙氧 基砂院、一乙稀基一 -η -丙氧基砂院、二乙稀基二丙氧 -17- 200934859 基矽烷、二乙烯基二-η· 丁氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二- sec-丁 氧基矽烷、聯苯基二氯矽烷、聯苯基二甲氧基矽烷、聯苯 基二乙氧基矽烷、聯苯基二-η-丙氧基矽烷、聯苯基二-i-丙氧基矽烷、聯苯基二-η-丁氧基矽烷、聯苯基二- sec-丁 氧基矽烷、氯二甲基矽烷、甲氧基二甲基矽烷、乙氧基二 . 甲基矽烷、氯三甲基矽烷、溴三甲基矽烷、碘三甲基矽烷 、甲氧基三甲基矽烷、乙氧基三甲基矽烷、η-丙氧基三甲 〇 基矽烷、i-丙氧基三甲基矽烷、η-丁氧基三甲基矽烷、 sec-丁氧基三甲基矽烷、t-丁氧基三甲基矽烷、(氯)(乙烯 基)二甲基矽烷、(甲氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(乙氧基)( 乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(氯)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(甲氧基)(甲 基)二苯基矽烷、(乙氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷等之具有丨個 矽原子之矽烷化合物外, _ 可舉例如 商品名,KC-89、KC-89S、X-21-3153、X-21-5841、 © X-21-5842 ' X-21-5843 ' X-21-5844 ' X-21-5845 ' X-21- 5 846、X-2 1 -5847、X-2 卜 5 84 8、X-22- 1 60AS、X-22-1 70B 、X-22- 1 70BX、X-22- 1 70D、X-22- 1 70DX、X-22- 1 76B、 X-22- 1 76D、X-22- 1 76DX、X-22-1 76F、X-40-23 08、X-40-265 1、X-40-265 5A、X-40-267 1、X-40-2672、X-40-9220 ' X-40-9225 ' X-40-9227 、 X-40-9246 、 X-40-9247 、 X-40-9250 、 X-40-9323 、 X-41-1053 、 X-41-1056 、 X-41-1805 、 X-41-1810、KF6001、KF6002、KF6003、KR212、KR-213 、KR-217、KR220L、KR242A、KR271、KR282、KR300、 -18- 200934859 KR311 、 KR401N 、 KR500 、 KR510 、 KR5206 、 KR5230 、 KR523 5、KR9218、KR9706(以上,信越化學工業(股)製) ;01&38 1^3111(昭和電工(股)製);311804、3^1805、311806八 、SH840 、 SR2400 、 SR2402 、 SR2405 、 SR2406 、 SR2410 、SR2411、SR2416、SR2420(以上,東麗道寧(股)製); 泰 FZ3711、FZ3722(以上,日本 unicar(J^ ) ) ; DMS-S12、 DMS-S15、DMS-S21 ' DMS-S27、DMS-S31、DMS-S32、 〇 DMS-S33、DMS-S35、DMS-S38、DMS-S42、DMS-S45 > DMS-S5 1 ' DMS-227、PSD-03 32、PDS-1615、PDS-993 1、 XMS-5025(以上,Chisso(股)製);甲基矽酸酯MS51、甲基 矽酸酯MS56(以上,三菱化學(股)製);乙基矽酸酯28、 乙基矽酸酯40、乙基矽酸酯48(以上,Colcoat(股)製); GR100、GR650、GR908、GR950(以上,昭和電工(股)製) 等之部分聚合物。 此等其他矽烷化合物中,以四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基 〇 矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽 烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三 甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、3 -锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、 锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷或二甲基二 乙氧基矽烷爲佳。 本發明可使用之具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,其環氧 -19- 200934859 當量以100〜l〇,〇〇〇g/莫耳爲佳,150〜l,000g/莫耳更佳。 而’合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時,使具環氧基之矽 烷化合物與其他矽烷化合物之使用比例以調整至所得聚有 機矽氧烷環氧當量在上述範圍來設定爲佳。 合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時可使用的有機溶劑 . 方面’例如烴、酮、酯、醚、醇等。 上述烴方面,例如甲苯、二甲苯等: Φ 上述酮方面,例如甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲基 η -戊基酮、二乙基酮、環己酮等; 上述酯方面,例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸η-丁基、乙酸i-戊 基、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、3 -甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乳酸 乙基等; 上述醚各自可舉例如乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇二乙基 醚、四氫呋喃'二噁烷等; 上述醇各自可舉例如1-己醇、4 -甲基-2-戊醇、乙二 〇 醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單-η-丙醚、乙二醇 單-η-丁醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇 單-η-丙醚等。此等之中以非水溶性者爲佳。 此等之有機溶劑可單獨或2種以上混合使用。 有機溶劑之使用量,相對於全矽烷化合物100重量份 ,較佳爲10〜1〇,〇〇〇重量份、更較佳爲50〜1,000重量份 〇 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時之水的使用量,相 對於全矽烷化合物,較佳爲0.5〜100倍莫耳、更較佳爲1 -20- 200934859 〜30倍莫耳。 上述觸媒,可使用如酸、鹼金屬化合物、有機鹼、鈦 化合物、锆化合物等。 上述鹼金屬化合物可舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、甲 醇鈉、甲醇鉀、乙醇鈉、乙醇鉀等。 . 上述有機鹼各可舉例如乙基胺、二乙基胺、哌嗪、哌 啶、吡咯烷、吡咯般1〜2級有機胺; φ 三乙基胺、三-η-丙基胺、三-η-丁基胺、吡啶、4-二 甲基胺基吡啶、二氮雙環十一烯般3級有機胺;四甲基氫 氧化銨般4級有機胺等。此等有機鹼中,以三乙基胺、 三-η-丙基胺、三-η-丁基胺、吡啶、4-二甲基胺基吡啶般3 級有機胺;四甲基氫氧化銨般4級有機胺爲佳。 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時之觸媒方面,以 鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼爲佳。藉由使用鹼金屬化合物或有 機鹼作爲觸媒,而不產生環氧基之開環等之副反應,可以 〇 高水解·縮合速度得到目的之聚有機矽氧烷,生產安定性 變優異,故佳。另外,含使用鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼作爲 觸媒所合成之具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與桂皮酸衍生物 (1)的反應物的本發明之液晶配向劑,保存安定性極優,故 合適。其理由推測如 Chemical Reviews、95 卷、 pi 409( 1 995年)所指出般,於水解、聚合反應使用鹼金屬 化合物或有機鹼作爲觸媒,則形成無規構造、梯子型構造 或籠型構造,可得矽烷醇基之含有比例少的聚有機矽氧烷 。因矽烷醇基之含有比例少,可抑制矽烷醇基彼此之縮合 -21 - 200934859 反應,進一步本發明之液晶配向劑爲含後述其他聚合物者 時,因可抑制矽烷醇基與其他聚合物之聚合反應,推測爲 有保存安定性優異之結果。 觸媒方面,特別以有機鹼爲佳。有機鹼之使用量雖因 有機鹼種類、溫度等之反應條件等而異,可適宜設定,例 _ 如相對於全矽烷化合物,較佳爲0.01〜3倍莫耳,更佳爲 0.05〜1倍莫耳。 g 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的水解或水解·縮 合反應,爲將具環氧基的矽烷化合物與因應必要的其他矽 烷化合物溶於有機溶劑,使此溶液與有機鹼及水混合,例 如藉由以油浴等加熱實施爲佳。 水解·縮合反應時,加熱溫度較佳爲1 3 0 °C以下,更佳 爲4 0〜1 0 0 °C,較佳爲〇 . 5〜1 2小時,更佳爲1〜8小時進 行加熱。加熱中可將混合液攪拌或置於迴流下。 反應完畢後,將從反應液分取之有機溶劑層以水洗淨 φ 爲佳。在此洗淨時,藉由以含少量鹽的水、例如以0 · 2重 量%左右的硝酸銨水溶液等進行洗淨,由洗淨操作變容易 之點看爲佳。洗淨進行至洗淨後水層爲中性爲止,可藉由 將之後有機溶劑層因應需要以無水硫酸鈣、分子篩等之適 宜乾燥劑乾燥後,除去溶劑,得到目的具有環氧基的聚有 機矽氧烷。 本發明中,可使用作爲具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷市 售者。此般市售品方面,例如 DMS-E01,DMS-E12、 DMS-E21 ’ EMS-32(以上,Chisso(股)製)等。 -22- 200934859 <感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷> 本發明所使用之感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷,可藉由使 如上述具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與桂皮酸衍生物(1),較 佳爲在觸媒存在下進行反應而合成。在此桂皮酸衍生物(1) . 的使用量,相對於聚有機矽氧烷具有之環氧基1莫耳,較 佳爲 0.001〜1.5莫耳、更佳爲0.01〜1莫耳、又更佳爲 0 0.05〜0.9莫耳。 上述觸媒方面,可使用有機鹼、或促進環氧化合物與 酸酐反應亦即作爲硬化促進劑的習知化合物。 上述有機鹼各可舉例如乙基胺、二乙基胺、哌嗪、哌 啶、吡咯烷、吡咯般1〜2級有機胺;三乙基胺、三-η-丙 基胺、三-η-丁基胺、吡啶、4-二甲基胺基吡啶、二氮雙環 十一烯般3級有機胺:四甲基氫氧化銨般4級有機胺等。 此等有機鹼中,以三乙基胺、三-η-丙基胺、三-η-丁基胺 〇 、吡啶、4-二甲基胺基吡啶般3級有機胺;四甲基氫氧化 銨般4級有機胺爲佳。 上述硬化促進劑可舉例如苄基二甲基胺、2,4,6-參(二 甲基胺基甲基)苯酚、環己基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺般3級 胺; 2-甲基咪唑、2-η-庚基咪唑、2-η-十一烷基咪唑、2- 苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4_甲基咪唑、1-苄基-2-甲基咪唑、1-苄 基-2-苯基咪唑、ι,2·二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-甲基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-η-十一烷基 -23- 200934859 咪哩、1-(2-氰基乙基)·2_苯基咪唑、1_(2_氰基乙基)_2_乙 基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基_ 4,5_二(經基甲基)咪唑、1_(2•氰基乙基)_2_苯基_4,5_二 [(2’-氰基乙氧基)甲基]咪唑、1_(2_氰基乙基--烷 基咪唑鎗偏苯三酸、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑鑰偏苯三 酸、1-(2-氰基乙基)_2_乙基-4-甲基咪唑鎗偏苯三酸、2,4-二胺基-6- [2’ -甲基咪唑基乙基-s_三嗪、2,4-二胺基_ φ 6-(2’-11-十一烷基咪唑基)乙基-3_三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’- 乙基- 4’-甲基咪唑基- (1’)]乙基-s-三嗪、2-甲基咪唑之異三 聚氰酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑之異三聚氰酸加成物、2,4-二 胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]乙基-s-三嗪之異三聚氰酸加 成物般咪唑化合物:二苯基膦、三苯基膦、亞磷酸三苯基 般有機磷化合物; 苄基三苯基鐃氯化物、四-η-丁基鳞溴化物、甲基三苯 基錢溴化物、乙基三苯基錢溴化物、η-丁基三苯基鳞溴化 Φ 物、四苯基銹溴化物、乙基三苯基鱗碘化物、乙基三苯基 銹乙酸酯、四-η-丁基鳞〇,〇-二乙基二硫代磷酸酯、tetra- n-butylphosphonium Benzotriazolate、四-η-丁基鱗四氟硼 酸酯、四-η-丁基鱗四苯基硼酸酯、四苯基銹四苯基硼酸酯 般4級鎸鹽: 1,8-二氮雙環[5.4·〇]十一烯或其有機酸鹽般二氮雙 環烯烴; 辛基酸鋅、辛基酸錫、銘乙醯丙酮錯合物般有機金屬 化合物; -24- 200934859 四乙基銨溴化物、四-η-丁基銨溴化物、四乙基銨氯化 物、四-η-丁基銨氯化物般4級銨鹽; 三氟化硼、硼酸三苯基般硼化合物; 氯化鋅、氯化第二錫般金屬鹵化合物; 二氰基二醯胺或胺與環氧樹脂之加成物等之胺加成型 . 促進劑等之高融點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑; 使前述咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物或4級膦鹽等之硬 〇 化促進劑表面以聚合物被覆之微膠囊型潛在性硬化促進劑 » 胺鹽型潛在性硬化劑促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布朗斯特酸鹽等之高溫解離型的熱陽離 子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等之潛在性硬化促進劑等。 此等中、較佳爲四乙基銨溴化物、四- η-丁基銨溴化物 、四乙基銨氯化物、四- η-丁基銨氯化物般4級銨鹽。 觸媒之使用量相對於具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷1〇〇 0 重量份,較佳爲1〇〇重量份以下、更佳爲〇.〇1〜1〇〇重量 份、又更佳爲0.1〜20重量份之量。 反應溫度,較佳爲〇〜200 °c,更佳爲50〜150。(:。反 應時間,較佳爲0.1〜50小時、更佳爲0.5〜20小時。 感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷之合成反應,因應需要可;^ 有機溶劑之存在下進行。該有機溶劑可舉例如烴化合物、 醚化合物、酯化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化合物、醇化合物 等。此等中、醚化合物、酯化合物、酮化合物係由原料及 生成物之溶解性以及生成物之純化容易度觀點來看爲佳。 -25- 200934859 溶劑係以固形分濃度(反應溶液中之溶劑以外成分的合計 重量佔溶液全重量之比例)成爲較佳爲0.1重量%以上’更 佳爲5〜5 0重量%之量來使用。 本發明之感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷,藉由於具有環氧 基的聚有機矽氧烷進行環氧之開環加成導入來自桂皮酸衍 . 生物(1)的構造。此製造方法由簡單,且可使來自桂皮酸衍 生物的構造之導入率高之觀點來看,係極爲合適之方法。 0 又,本發明之感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷之合成中’可 將上述桂皮酸衍生物(1)之一部分以下述式(4) RIX-Z (4) (式(4)中,RIX可以氟取代的碳數4〜20之烷基、或含脂環 式基的碳數3〜40之1價的有機基,z爲選自羧基、羥基 、-SH、-NCO、-NHR、-CH = CH2 及-S02C1 所成群之 1 價 0 的基。)所表示之化合物取代。 式(4)中RIX方面以具有可以氟取代的烷基(惟,此烷 基之碳數爲8〜20。)之烷基苯基或具有可以氟取代的烷氧 基(惟’此烷氧基之碳數爲8〜20。)之烷氧基苯基爲佳。Z 方面,羧基爲佳。 上述式(4)所表示之化合物之具體例方面,例如下述式 (4-1)〜(4-4) (4-1)(X1-2) © The base shown is preferred. The alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 in Y1, for example, a methoxy group, etc.; an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 'e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, η-η-butyl group, η-pentyl group, η -hexyl, η-heptyl, η-octyl, η-fluorenyl, η-~(--hospital, η-twelve, η- thirteen, η-ten, η-fifteen Alkyl 'n-hexadecyl, η-heptadecyl, η-octadecyl. η-nonadecyl, η-icosyl, etc.; an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, such as a phenyl group W polyepoxyalkylene having an epoxy group, the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by colloidal permeation (GPC) is preferably 100,000 '1,000 〜1 〇, 〇〇〇 preferably, 1, 〇〇〇 〜5〇〇〇] The polyalkylene oxide having an epoxy group, preferably a mixture of a decyl compound having an epoxy group or a decane compound having an epoxy group, preferably The synthesis is carried out by hydrolysis or hydrolysis/condensation in the presence of a suitable organic solvent or a medium. Examples of the above-mentioned epoxy group-containing decane compound include 3 g-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane and 3-oxidation B. Oxypropyl. , η-癸tetraalkylalkyl, surface, for example, chromatographic method 500 ~ g. By oxidizing the material with its water and oxidative condensation water gan-14- 200934859 oleyl propyl triethoxy decane, 3-oxidation Glycidylpropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-oxyglycidylpropyldimethoxydecane, 3-oxyglycidylpropyldimethylmethoxydecane, 3-oxidized glycidol Propyl dimethyl ethoxy decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy sand, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxy sand The above other decane compounds may, for example, be tetrachlorodecane, tetramethoxydecane, tetraethoxydecane, tetra-n-propoxydecane, tetra-i-propoxydecane 0, tetra-n-butyl Oxydecane, tetra-sec-butoxydecane, trichlorodecane, trimethoxydecane, triethoxydecane, tri-n-propoxydecane, tri-i-propoxydecane, tri-n- Butoxy decane, tris-butoxybutane, fluorotrichlorodecane, fluorotrimethoxydecane, fluorotriethoxydecane, fluorotri-n-propoxydecane, fluorotri-i-propoxy Decane, fluorine tri-η-butoxy Decane, fluorotri-sec-butoxydecane, methyltrichlorodecane, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane, methyltri-i- Propoxydecane, methyl tri-n-butoxydecane, methyl tris-sec-butoxydecane Φ, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl) Ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl) Ethyl tri-i-propoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltris-butoxybutane, 2 -(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltri-i-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η- Hexyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltri-see-butoxyfluorene-15- 200934859 alkane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl) Ethyl trichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro- -octyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-n-propoxy Decane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-i-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(all Fluoro-η-octyl)ethyltris-sec-butoxydecane, hydroxymethyltrichloromethane^, hydroxymethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxyethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-propyl Oxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-i-propoxydecane, hydroxy 0 methyltri-n-butoxydecane, hydroxymethyl tris-sec-butoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propene oxime Propyltrichlorodecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propene oxime Oxypropyl tri-n-propoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltri-i-propoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltri-n- Butoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene oxypropyl tris-sec-butoxy decane, 3-mercaptopropyltrichloro decane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy Baseline, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltri-n-propoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltri-i-propoxydecane, 3-mercapto Propyltris-n-butoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltris-sec-butoxydecane, mercaptomethyltrimethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrichloromethane , vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl tri-η-propoxy decane, vinyl tri-i-propoxy decane, vinyl tri-n-butoxy decane, ethylene Tris-sec-butoxydecane, allyltrichloromethane, allyltrimethoxydecane,allyltriethoxydecane,allyltri-n-propoxydecane,allyl III -i-propoxydecane, allyl tri-n-butoxydecane, allyl tri-sec-butoxydecane, phenyltrichlorodecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, -16- 200934859 benzene Triethoxy decane, phenyl tri-n-propoxy decane, phenyl tris-propoxy decane, phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, phenyl tri-sec-butoxy decane, A Dichlorodecane, methyldimethoxydecane, methyldi Oxy decane, methyl di-η-propoxy decane, methyl di-i-propoxy decane, methyl di-η-butoxy decane, methyl di-sec-butoxy decane, dimethyl Dichloro. decane, dimethyldimethoxydecane, dimethyldiethoxydecane, dimethyldi-n-propoxydecane, dimethyldipropoxydecane, dimethyldi _ @η-butoxydecane, dimethyldi-sec-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]dichlorodecane, (methyl)[2 -(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dimethoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]diethoxydecane, (methyl)[2 -(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]di-η-propoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]di-i-propoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-sec -butoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dichlorodecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dimethoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropylidene Diethyl ethoxy decane, (methyl) (3-巯Propyl)di-η-propoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-i-propoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-η- Butoxy decane, (methyl) (3-mercaptopropyl) bis-sec-butoxydecane, (methyl) (vinyl) dichlorodecane, (methyl) (vinyl) dimethoxy Decane, (meth)(vinyl)diethoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl)di-n-propoxy fluorene, (methyl)(ethenyl)di-i-propoxy Comparative hospital '(methyl)(vinyl) bis-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl)bis-sec-butoxydecane, divinyldichlorodecane, divinyldimethoxy Pyridinium, divinyldiethoxylate, triethylphosphonium-n-propoxy sand, diethylenedipropoxy-17-200934859 decane, divinyldi-n-butoxy Base decane, divinyl sec-butoxy decane, biphenyl dichloro decane, biphenyl dimethoxy decane, biphenyl diethoxy decane, biphenyl di- η - propoxy Decane, biphenyl di-i-propoxydecane, biphenyl di-n-butoxydecane Biphenyl bis- sec-butoxy decane, chlorodimethyl decane, methoxy dimethyl decane, ethoxy dimethyl decane, chlorotrimethyl decane, bromotrimethyl decane, iodine trimethoxide Base decane, methoxy trimethyl decane, ethoxy trimethyl decane, η-propoxy trimethyl decyl decane, i-propoxy trimethyl decane, η-butoxy trimethyl decane, sec -butoxy trimethyl decane, t-butoxy trimethyl decane, (chloro) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (methoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (ethoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (chloro) (methyl) diphenyl decane, (methoxy) (methyl) diphenyl decane, (ethoxy) (methyl) diphenyl decane, etc. In addition to the decane compound having one ruthenium atom, _ may be, for example, a trade name, KC-89, KC-89S, X-21-3153, X-21-5841, © X-21-5842 'X-21-5843' X-21-5844 'X-21-5845 ' X-21- 5 846, X-2 1 -5847, X-2 Bu 5 84 8, X-22- 1 60AS, X-22-1 70B, X- 22- 1 70BX, X-22- 1 70D, X-22- 1 70DX, X-22- 1 76B, X-22- 1 76D, X-22- 1 76DX, X-22-1 76 F, X-40-23 08, X-40-265 1, X-40-265 5A, X-40-267 1, X-40-2672, X-40-9220 'X-40-9225 ' X- 40-9227, X-40-9246, X-40-9247, X-40-9250, X-40-9323, X-41-1053, X-41-1056, X-41-1805, X-41- 1810, KF6001, KF6002, KF6003, KR212, KR-213, KR-217, KR220L, KR242A, KR271, KR282, KR300, -18- 200934859 KR311, KR401N, KR500, KR510, KR5206, KR5230, KR523 5, KR9218, KR9706 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); 01 & 38 1^3111 (Showa Denko (share) system); 311804, 3^1805, 3118086, SH840, SR2400, SR2402, SR2405, SR2406, SR2410, SR2411 SR2416, SR2420 (above, Toray Dao Ning (share) system); Thai FZ3711, FZ3722 (above, Japanese unicar (J^)); DMS-S12, DMS-S15, DMS-S21 'DMS-S27, DMS-S31 , DMS-S32, 〇DMS-S33, DMS-S35, DMS-S38, DMS-S42, DMS-S45 > DMS-S5 1 ' DMS-227, PSD-03 32, PDS-1615, PDS-993 1, XMS-5025 (above, Chisso); methyl phthalate MS51, methyl phthalate MS56 (above, Mitsubishi (manufactured by the company); ethyl phthalate 28, ethyl phthalate 40, ethyl phthalate 48 (above, manufactured by Colcoat); GR100, GR650, GR908, GR950 (above, Showa Electric ( Part of the polymer). Among these other decane compounds, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy Base decane, 3-(meth) propylene methoxy propyl triethoxy decane, vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, allyl trimethoxy decane, allyl triethoxy Basear, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, decylmethyltrimethoxydecane, Mercaptomethyltriethoxydecane, dimethyldimethoxydecane or dimethyldiethoxydecane is preferred. The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group can be used in the present invention, and the epoxy-19-200934859 equivalent is preferably 100 to l, 〇〇〇g/mole, and more preferably 150 to 1,000 g/mole. . Further, when a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is synthesized, the ratio of the use of the epoxy group-containing decane compound to the other decane compound is preferably adjusted so that the obtained polyorganosiloxane has an epoxy equivalent in the above range. An organic solvent which can be used in the synthesis of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. Aspects such as hydrocarbons, ketones, esters, ethers, alcohols and the like. Examples of the hydrocarbon include, for example, toluene, xylene, and the like: Φ the above ketone, such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl η - amyl ketone, diethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.; In terms of, for example, ethyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, i-pentyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, lactated ethyl group, etc.; Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran 'dioxane, etc.; each of the above alcohols may, for example, be 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol or decyl alcohol monomethyl Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-η-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-η-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-η-propyl ether Wait. Among these, it is preferred that the water is not water soluble. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The organic solvent is used in an amount of preferably 10 to 1 Torr, 〇〇〇 by weight, more preferably 50 to 1,000 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total decane compound to produce a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. The amount of water used is preferably from 0.5 to 100 times moles, more preferably from 1 to 20 to 200934859 to 30 times moles, relative to the total decane compound. As the above catalyst, for example, an acid, an alkali metal compound, an organic base, a titanium compound, a zirconium compound or the like can be used. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium alkoxide, potassium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium ethoxide. Each of the above organic bases may, for example, be ethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole-like organic amines of 1 to 2; φ triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, three - η-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, diazabicycloundecene-like organic amine; tetramethylammonium hydroxide-like organic amine. Among these organic bases, triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine-like organic amine; tetramethylammonium hydroxide Class 4 organic amines are preferred. In the case of producing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, an alkali metal compound or an organic base is preferred. By using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst and not causing a side reaction such as ring opening of an epoxy group, the desired polyorganosiloxane can be obtained at a high hydrolysis/condensation rate, and the production stability is excellent. good. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention containing a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane and an cinnamic acid derivative (1) synthesized using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst has excellent storage stability. Therefore, it is suitable. The reason is presumed to be that a random structure, a ladder type structure, or a cage structure is formed by using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst for hydrolysis and polymerization as indicated by Chemical Reviews, 95, pi 409 (1995). A polyorganosiloxane having a small content of a stanol group can be obtained. Since the content ratio of the stanol group is small, the condensation of the stanol groups with each other can be suppressed. The reaction of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is further improved by the above-mentioned other polymer, since the stanol group and other polymers can be inhibited. The polymerization reaction is presumed to be excellent as a result of excellent storage stability. In terms of catalysts, organic bases are preferred. The amount of the organic base to be used may be appropriately set depending on the reaction conditions of the type of the organic base, the temperature, and the like, and is preferably 0.01 to 3 times, more preferably 0.05 to 1 times, based on the total decane compound. Moor. g Hydrolysis or hydrolysis/condensation reaction in the production of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, in which an epoxy group-containing decane compound and other decane compounds necessary for dissolving in an organic solvent are used to make the solution with an organic base and water. The mixing is preferably carried out, for example, by heating in an oil bath or the like. In the hydrolysis/condensation reaction, the heating temperature is preferably 130 ° C or less, more preferably 40 0 to 100 ° C, preferably 〇 5 5 ° 1 2 hours, more preferably 1 to 8 hours. . The mixture may be stirred or placed under reflux during heating. After the completion of the reaction, it is preferred to wash the organic solvent layer separated from the reaction liquid with water. In the case of washing, the washing operation is facilitated by washing with a small amount of salt, for example, an aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate of about 0.2% by weight. After the washing is carried out until the water layer is neutral, the organic solvent layer may be dried with a suitable desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate or molecular sieve, and then the solvent is removed to obtain a polyorganic having an epoxy group. Oxane. In the present invention, a commercially available polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group can be used. Such commercially available products include, for example, DMS-E01, DMS-E12, DMS-E21' EMS-32 (above, Chisso). -22- 200934859 <Sensory Radiation Polyorganooxane> The radiation sensitive polyorganosiloxane used in the present invention can be derived by using a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group as described above and cinnamic acid. The substance (1) is preferably synthesized by carrying out a reaction in the presence of a catalyst. Here, the amount of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) used is preferably 0.001 to 1.5 mol, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol, and still more than 1 mol of the epoxy group of the polyorganosiloxane. Good for 0 0.05 ~ 0.9 Mo. As the above catalyst, an organic base or a conventional compound which promotes the reaction of an epoxy compound with an acid anhydride, that is, a hardening accelerator can be used. Each of the above organic bases may, for example, be ethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole-like organic amines of 1 to 2; triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n a butylamine, a pyridine, a 4-dimethylaminopyridine, a diazabicycloundecene-like organic amine: a tetramethylammonium hydroxide-like organic amine or the like. Among these organic bases, triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine oxime, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine-like organic amine; tetramethyl hydroxide Ammonium grade 4 organic amines are preferred. The hardening accelerator may, for example, be benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6-gin(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, cyclohexyldimethylamine or triethanolamine-like tertiary amine; 2-methyl Imidazole, 2-η-heptyl imidazole, 2-η-undecylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 1- Benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, iota, 2, dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-methylimidazole, 1-(2 -cyanoethyl)-2-η-undecyl-23- 200934859 imipenoid, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)_2_ Ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-di(ylmethyl)imidazole, 1_(2•cyano) Ethyl)_2_phenyl_4,5-bis[(2'-cyanoethoxy)methyl]imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl--alkylimidazole guntrimellitic acid, 1- (2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole key trimellitic acid, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)_2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole gun trimellitic acid, 2,4- Diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolylethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino- φ 6-(2'-11-undecylimidazolyl)ethyl- 3_Triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-s-triazine, 2-methylimidazole Cyanuric acid adduct, isophenyl cyanide adduct of 2-phenylimidazole, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl- Isoimide compound of s-triazine isomeric cyanuric acid addition: diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphorus organophosphorus phosphite; benzyltriphenylphosphonium chloride, tetra-n- Butyl bromide, methyltriphenyl bromide, ethyltriphenyl bromide, η-butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenyl rust bromide, ethyltriphenyl scale Iodide, ethyltriphenyl rust acetate, tetra-n-butyl fluorene, 〇-diethyl dithiophosphate, tetra- n-butylphosphonium Benzotriazolate, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetrafluoroboron Acid ester, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetraphenyl borate, tetraphenyl rust tetraphenyl borate grade 4 sulfonium salt: 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4·〇]undecene or Organic acid salt-like diazabicycloalkenes; zinc octylate, tin octylate, Ming acetyl acetonide complex organometallic compounds; -24- 200934 859 tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetra-n-butylammonium chloride-like 4-grade ammonium salt; boron trifluoride, triphenyl borate Boron compound; zinc chloride, chlorinated second tin-like metal halide compound; dicyandiamide or amine and epoxy resin addition product, etc., amine addition molding, high melting point dispersion potential of accelerators, etc. a hardening accelerator; a microcapsule-type latent hardening accelerator coated with a polymer such as an imidazole compound, an organophosphorus compound or a phosphinic acid salt or the like; an amine salt type latent hardener accelerator; A latent hardening accelerator such as a high-temperature dissociative thermal cationic polymerization type latent curing accelerator such as a strontium salt or a bronze sulphate. Among these, preferred are tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride, and tetra-n-butylammonium chloride-like 4-grade ammonium salt. The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 1 part by weight or less, more preferably 1 part by weight to 1 part by weight, more preferably 1 part by weight to 1 part by weight of the polyorganooxysiloxane having an epoxy group. Preferably, it is 0.1 to 20 parts by weight. The reaction temperature is preferably from 〜200 ° C, more preferably from 50 to 150. (: The reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 50 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 20 hours. The synthesis reaction of the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane can be carried out as needed; and the organic solvent can be used. For example, a hydrocarbon compound, an ether compound, an ester compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an alcohol compound, etc. The solubility of the raw material and the product, and the ease of purification of the product, the ether compound, the ester compound, and the ketone compound are used. It is preferable that the solvent is a solid content concentration (the ratio of the total weight of the components other than the solvent in the reaction solution to the total weight of the solution) is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, and more preferably 5 to 5 0. The amount of the weight percent is used. The radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane of the present invention is introduced by the open-loop addition of epoxy by polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and is introduced from cinnamic acid. This manufacturing method is simple and can be used as a method which is highly suitable for the introduction of a structure derived from a cinnamic acid derivative. 0 Further, the radiation-induced linear aggregation of the present invention In the synthesis of the oxime oxane, one part of the above cinnamic acid derivative (1) may be represented by the following formula (4) RIX-Z (4) (in the formula (4), the RDX may be substituted by fluorine and the carbon number is 4 to 20 An alkyl group or an alicyclic group-containing organic group having a carbon number of from 3 to 40, and z is selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, -SH, -NCO, -NHR, -CH=CH2, and -S02C1. a compound of 1 valence 0.) substituted with a compound represented by formula (4). The RIX aspect of the formula (4) is an alkylphenyl group having an alkyl group which may be substituted by fluorine (except that the carbon number of the alkyl group is 8 to 20). The alkoxy group which may be a fluorine-substituted alkoxy group (only the carbon number of the alkoxy group is 8 to 20) is preferred. In the Z aspect, a carboxyl group is preferred. The specific compound represented by the above formula (4) For example, for example, the following formula (4-1) to (4-4) (4-1)

CfF2f+1CgH2g-COOH -26- 200934859CfF2f+1CgH2g-COOH -26- 200934859

ChH2h+i~〇ChH2h+i~〇

—COOH (4-2)—COOH (4-2)

(式(4-1)中f爲1〜3之整數,g爲3〜18之3 中h爲5〜20之整數,式(4-3)中i爲0〜18 1〜3之整數,式(4-4)中k爲1〜18之整數。 合物。上述式(4)所表示之化合物中,以上翅 示之化合物爲佳,以下述式(4-3-1)〜(4_ 3-3) !數,式(4-2) 之整數、j爲 )所表示之化 ;式(4-3)所表(in the formula (4-1), f is an integer of 1 to 3, g is 3 to 18, and h is an integer of 5 to 20, and i in the formula (4-3) is an integer of 0 to 18 1 to 3, In the formula (4-4), k is an integer of 1 to 18. In the compound represented by the above formula (4), the compound represented by the above-mentioned fin is preferably the following formula (4-3-1) to (4_). 3-3) !, the integer represented by the formula (4-2), j is the representation represented by the formula; (4-3)

之分別所表示之化合物更佳。 上述式(4)所表示之化合物,可在與桂皮 酸衍生物(1 ) -27- 200934859 相同之反應條件下與具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷進行反應 ,導入感光性聚有機矽氧烷。上述式(4)所表示之化合物之 使用,相對於桂皮酸衍生物(1)與上述式(4)所表示之化合 物的合計,較佳爲5 0莫耳%以下、更較佳爲3 3莫耳%以 下之比例。於此’上述式(4)所表示之化合物之使用比例超 過桂皮酸衍生物(1)之使用比例,則有所得得液晶顯示元件 爲ON(電壓外加狀態)時,產生異常域之不期望情形。 <其他成分> 本發明之液晶配向劑,含如上述之感放射線性聚有機 砍氧院。 本發明之液晶配向劑,除如上述之感放射線性聚有機 矽氧烷外,在不損及本發明之效果範圍,可進一步含其他 成分。此般其他成分方面,例如感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷 以外之聚合物(以下,稱「其他聚合物」。)、硬化劑、硬 G 化觸媒、硬化促進劑、於分子内具有至少一個環氧基的化 合物(以下,稱「環氧化合物」。)、官能性矽烷化合物、 界面活性劑等。 <其他聚合物> 上述其他聚合物,爲更改善本發明之液晶配向劑的溶 液特性及所得液晶配向膜之電特性而可使用。該其他聚合 物方面,例如由聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成群選出之至少1 種聚合物、下述式(S-2) -28- 200934859The compounds represented by the respective are better. The compound represented by the above formula (4) can be reacted with a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group under the same reaction conditions as the cinnamic acid derivative (1) -27-200934859 to introduce a photosensitive polyorganosiloxane. alkyl. The compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferably 50% by mole or less, more preferably 3 3 in terms of the total of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) and the compound represented by the above formula (4). The percentage of moles below. When the ratio of the use of the compound represented by the above formula (4) exceeds the use ratio of the cinnamic acid derivative (1), when the obtained liquid crystal display element is turned ON (voltage-applied state), an abnormal region is generated. . <Other components> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the above-mentioned radiation-sensitive polyorganisms. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, without impairing the effects of the present invention. Such other components include, for example, a polymer other than a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane (hereinafter referred to as "another polymer"), a hardener, a hard G-catalyst, a hardening accelerator, and at least one molecule. An epoxy group compound (hereinafter referred to as "epoxy compound"), a functional decane compound, a surfactant, and the like. <Other Polymers> The above other polymers can be used to further improve the solution characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and the electrical characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. In terms of the other polymer, for example, at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine and polyimine, and the following formula (S-2) -28- 200934859

r X2 1 I --Si*0-- L Ϋ2 (S-2) (式(S-2)中,X2爲羥基、鹵原子、碳數1〜20之烷基、碳 • 數1〜6之烷氧基或碳數6〜20之芳基,Y2爲羥基或碳數 _ 1〜10之烷氧基。) 〇 所示之聚矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物之縮合物所成群 選出之至少1種(以下、稱「其他聚矽氧烷」。)、聚醯胺 酸酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯 衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基馬來醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙 烯酸酯等。 [聚醯胺酸] 上述聚醯胺酸可藉由四羧酸二酐與二胺進行反應而得 〇 聚醯胺酸之合成可使用之四羧酸二酐方面,例如丁烷 四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4 -環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2 -二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四 殘酸二酐、1,3-二氯-1,2,3,4-環丁院四竣酸二酐、i,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4 -環戊烷四羧酸 二酐、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐' 3,3’,4,4’-二環己基四 羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、3,5,6-三羧基降 冰片烷-2 -乙酸二酐、2,3,4,5 -四氫呋喃四羧酸二酐、 -29- 200934859 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫- 5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-甲基-5(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-C]-呋喃-l,3-二酮 、 l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-乙基- 5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘 並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-7 -甲基-5-( • 四氫-2,5 -二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-7-乙基- 5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘 0 並[l,2-c] -呋喃-1,3 -二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b -六氫-8-甲基-5-( 四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-〇]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-乙基- 5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘 並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5,8-二甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、 5-(2,5-二氧四氫呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、 雙環[2.2.2]-辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、3-氧雜雙環 [3.2.1]辛環-2,4-二酮-6-螺- 3’-(四氫呋喃-2’,5,-二酮)、5-φ (2,5-二氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐 、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2: 3,5: 6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02’6]十一烷-3,5, 8,10-四酮以及下述式 (T-I)及(T-II) -30- 200934859r X2 1 I --Si*0-- L Ϋ2 (S-2) (In the formula (S-2), X2 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 An alkoxy group or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, Y2 being a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of from 1 to 10, which is a group of a polyoxyalkylene represented by hydrazine, a hydrolyzate thereof and a condensate of a hydrolyzate thereof. At least one selected (hereinafter referred to as "other polyoxane"), polyphthalate, polyester, polyamine, cellulose derivative, polyacetal, polystyrene derivative, poly(benzene) Ethylene-phenylmaleimide derivatives, poly(meth)acrylates, and the like. [Polyuric acid] The above polylysine can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine to obtain a fluorene phthalic acid. For the synthesis of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, butane tetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl Base-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetraresic acid dianhydride, 1,3-dichloro-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanine tetradecanoic acid dianhydride, i, 2, 3, 4 -tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane Tetracarboxylic dianhydride '3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy norbornazole Alkane-2-acetic acid dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, -29- 200934859 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2, 5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-methyl- 5(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-l,3-dione, l,3,3a,4,5,9b-six Hydrogen-5-ethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3, 3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-7-methyl-5-(•tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furan-1, 3-diketone, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-7-ethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphthalene 0 and [l, 2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furan -Naphtho[1,2-indolyl]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-ethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2, 5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5,8-di Methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 5-(2,5-dioxo Tetrahydrofuranyl-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5,-dione), 5-φ (2,5-dioxo) Tetrahydro-3-furanyl-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5.3.1.0'6]undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone and the following formulas (TI) and (T-II) -30 - 200934859

© (式(τ-1)及(Τ-II)中,R1及R3爲各自具有芳香環之2價的 有機基’ R2及R4各自爲氫原子或烷基,複數存在之…及 R4可各自相同或相異。) 之分別所表示之化合物等之脂肪族四羧酸二酐及脂環 式四羧酸二酐; 均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、 3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基楓四殘酸二酐' 1,4,5,8 -萘四竣酸二酐、 2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基醚四羧酸二酐、 ❹ 3,3’,4,4’-二甲基二苯基砂院四竣酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’ -四苯 基矽烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-呋喃四羧酸二酐、4,4’-雙 (3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基硫化物二酐、4,4’-雙(3,4-二羧 基苯氧基)二苯基颯二酐、4,4’-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯 基丙烷二酐、3,3’,4,4’-全氟異亞丙基二苯二甲酸二酐、3 ,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二 酐、雙(苯二甲酸)苯基氧化膦二酐、P-苯撐-雙(三苯基苯 二甲酸)二酐、m-苯撐-雙(三苯基苯二甲酸)二酐、雙(三苯 基苯二甲酸)-4,4’-二苯基醚二酐、雙(三苯基苯二甲酸)- -31 - 200934859 4,4’-二苯基甲烷二酐、乙二醇-雙(偏苯三酸酐)、 雙(偏苯三酸酐)、1,4-丁二醇-雙(偏苯三酸酐)、 醇-雙(偏苯三酸酐)、1,8-辛二醇-雙(偏苯三酸酐 (4-羥基苯基)丙烷-雙(偏苯三酸酐)、下述式(T-1) 丙二醇-1,6-己二 、2,2-雙 -(T-4)© (In the formulas (τ-1) and (Τ-II), R1 and R3 are each a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring. 'R2 and R4 are each a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and a plurality of ... and R4 may each be Aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the same or different compounds, etc.; pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl Methyl ketone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl maple tetra-residual dianhydride ' 1,4,5,8 -naphthalene tetraphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7 -naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ❹ 3,3',4,4'-dimethyldiphenyl sand tetradecanoic acid Dihydride, 3,3',4,4'-tetraphenylnonanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-furantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-di Carboxyphenoxy)diphenylsulfide dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylphosphonium dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyl Phenoxy)diphenylpropane dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-perfluoroisopropylidene di phthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dihydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis(phthalic acid) Phenylphosphine oxide dianhydride, P-phenylene-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, m-phenylene-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, bis(triphenylphthalic acid) -4,4'-diphenyl ether dianhydride, bis(triphenylphthalic acid)- -31 - 200934859 4,4'-diphenylmethane dianhydride, ethylene glycol-bis(trimellitic anhydride), double ( Trimellitic anhydride), 1,4-butanediol-bis(trimellitic anhydride), alcohol-bis(trimellitic anhydride), 1,8-octanediol-bis(trimellitic anhydride (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane-bis(trimellitic anhydride), Formula (T-1) Propylene Glycol-1,6-hexane, 2,2-bis-(T-4)

-32- 200934859-32- 200934859

33- 200934859 之分別所表示之化合 族四羧酸二酐之苯環 芳香族四羧酸二酐。上述芳香 ’可以1個或2個以上之碳數1〜4 1種單 之烷基(較佳爲甲基)取代 。此等之四羧酸二酐,可 獨或2種以上組合使用。Benzene ring aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride of a compound tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by 33-200934859. The above aromatic ' may be substituted with one or two or more carbon atoms of 1 to 41 monoalkyl groups (preferably methyl groups). These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

此等中’丁烷四羧酸二酐' 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二 酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊 烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、 1,3,3&,4,5,91?-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b -六氫-8-甲基- 5- (四氫- 2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[i,2-c]呋喃-1,3 -二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5,8-二甲基- 5- (四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c] 呋喃-1,3-二酮、雙環[2.2.2]-辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐 、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛環-2,4-二酮-6-螺- 3,-(四氫呋喃-2, ’ 5’-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3 -甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷_2:3,5: 6-—酐、4,9 -二氧雜三環[5.31〇2’6]十—烷_3581〇四酮 、均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3,,4,4,_二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、 3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基碾四羧酸二酐' 2,2,,3,3、聯苯基四錢酸 一酐、1,4,5,8 -萘四羧酸二酐、上述式(T-I)所表示之化合 物中之下述式(Τ-5)〜(Τ-7) -34- 200934859'butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride' 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate Acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3&,4,5,91?- Hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, l,3,3a,4,5, 9b-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[i,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3 ,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5,8-dimethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan- 1,3-diketone, bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2,4 -dione-6-spiro-3,-(tetrahydrofuran-2, '5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-methyl-3-ring Hexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2:3,5:6-anhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5.31〇 2'6] deca-alcohol_3581 perylenetetraketone, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3,,4,4,_benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'- Biphenyl-tetracarboxylic dianhydride '2,2,3,3,biphenyl four An acid anhydride, 1,4,5,8 - naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the following formula (Τ-5) compound represented by the above formula (T-I) in the ~ (Τ-7) -34- 200934859

之分別所表示之化合物及上述式(τ_π)所表示之化合物中 之下述式(Τ-8)The compound represented by the above and the compound represented by the above formula (τ_π) have the following formula (Τ-8)

(Τ-8) ❿ 所表示之化合物由可展現良好液晶配向性觀點來看爲佳。 特別佳者方面,可舉例如1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、1,3,3&,4,5,913-六氫-5-(四 氫-2,5-二氧_3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-£:]呋喃-1,3-二酮、 1,3,3&,4,5,91>-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘 並[l,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛環-2,4-二 酮-6-螺- 3’-(四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧四氫-3-呋 喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧 -35- 200934859 基降冰片院-2 : 3 ’ 5 : 6 -二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環 [5-3.1.〇2’6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、均苯四甲酸二酐及上述 # (T-5)所表示之化合物。 上述聚醯胺酸之合成可使用之二胺方面,例如Ρ-苯二 月安、m-苯二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4,-二胺基二苯 趣匕院、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫化物、4,4’-二胺基二苯基颯 0 、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺 、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2’-二甲基-4’4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二 ^麵1甲基_4,4,_二胺基聯苯、3,3,-二三氟甲基-4,4,-二胺基 聯笨、5_胺基-1-(4,-胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基茚滿、6-胺 胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基茚滿、3,4’-二胺基二苯 趣醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、 二胺基二苯甲酮、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷 _ ' 2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基 _)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碾、1,4-雙 歧基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺 赛笨氧基)苯、9,9-雙(4_胺基苯基)-1〇-氫蒽、2,7-二胺基芴 9,9-二甲基-2,7-二胺基芴、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、(Τ-8) 化合物 The compound represented by ❿ is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting good liquid crystal alignment. Particularly preferred are, for example, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3&, 4,5,913 - hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-£:]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3&,4 ,5,91>-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]furan-1,3-dione , 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxo) Tetrahydro-3-furanyl-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxy-35- 200934859 base norbornene-2 : 3 ' 5 : 6 -dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5-3.1.〇2'6]undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone, pyromellitic dianhydride And the compound represented by #(T-5) above. The above diamine can be used in the synthesis of polylysine, such as Ρ-phenyl diene, m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4,-diaminodi Benzene brothel, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl oxime, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diamino Biphenyl, 4,4'-diaminobenzimidamide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4'4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-di-l-methyl 1 4,4,-diaminobiphenyl , 3,3,-Ditrifluoromethyl-4,4,-diaminobiphenyl, 5-amino-1-(4,-aminophenyl)-1,3,3-trimethylhydrazine Full, 6-aminoaminophenyl)-1,3,3-trimethylindan, 3,4'-diaminodibenzoate, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3 , 4'-diaminobenzophenone, diaminobenzophenone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane _ 2,2-bis[4 -(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-amino)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl]milled, 1,4-bichoxyphenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-amine Phenoxy group) benzene, 1,3-bis(3-amine succinyloxy)benzene, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-1 fluorene hydroquinone, 2,7-diamino group 9,9-dimethyl-2,7-diaminopurine, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene,

、亞甲基-雙(2-氯苯胺)、2,2’,5,5’ -四氯-4,4’-二胺基聯 2,2’-二氯-4,4’-二胺基-5,5’-二甲氧基聯苯、3,3’-二甲, methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline), 2,2',5,5'-tetrachloro-4,4'-diamino 2,2'-dichloro-4,4'-diamine Base-5,5'-dimethoxybiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl

、l,4,4’-(p-苯撐異亞丙基)雙苯胺、 -(m-苯撐異亞丙基)雙苯胺、 苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、4; 2,2’-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟 4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲 -36- 200934859 基)聯苯、4,4’-雙[(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基)苯氧基]-八氟聯苯 等之芳香族二胺; 1,1 -間苯二甲醯二胺、1 , 3 -丙烷二胺、四亞甲基二胺 、五亞甲基二胺、六亞甲基二胺、七亞甲基二胺、八亞甲 基二胺、九亞甲基二胺、1,4-二胺基環己烷、異佛爾酮二 . 胺、四氫二環戊二烯二胺、六氫-4,7-亞甲基茚滿二亞甲基 二胺、三環[6.2.1.02’7]-十一烯二甲基二胺、4,4’-亞甲基 0 雙(環己基胺)、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基甲 基)環己烷等之脂肪族二胺及脂環式二胺; 2,3 -二胺基吡啶、2,6 -二胺基吡啶、3,4 -二胺基吡啶、 2,4 -二胺基嘧啶、5,6 -二胺基-2,3 -二氰基吡嗪、5,6 -二胺 基-2,4 -二羥基嘧啶、2,4 -二胺基-6 -二甲基胺基-1 , 3,5 -三嗪 、1,4-雙(3-胺基丙基)哌嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-異丙氧基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺 基-6-苯基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-甲基-s-三嗪、2,4-二 〇 胺基-1,3,5-三嗪、4,6-二胺基-2-乙烯基-S-三嗪、2,4-二胺 基-5-苯基噻唑、2,6-二胺基嘌呤、5,6-二胺基-1,3-二甲基 尿嘧啶、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑、6,9-二胺基-2-乙氧基吖 啶乳酸鹽、3,8-二胺基-6-苯基菲啶、1,4-二胺基哌嗪、 3,6-二胺基吖啶、雙(4-胺基苯基)苯基胺、3,6_二胺基咔唑 、N-甲基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-乙基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-苯基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、Ν,Ν’-二(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯胺、下 述式(D-I) -37- 200934859 h2n d xv=7vnh2 (D-I) (式(D-I)中’ R5爲含選自耻淀、嚼陡、三嗪、脈症及哌嗪 所成群之具有氮原子的環構造之1價的有機基,X3爲2價 的有機基。) 所表示之化合物、下述式(D-II),l,4,4'-(p-phenylisopropylene)diphenylamine, -(m-phenylisopropylene)diphenylamine, phenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 4; 2, 2'-bis[4-(4-amino-2-trifluoro 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl-36-200934859)biphenyl, 4,4'- An aromatic diamine such as bis[(4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-octafluorobiphenyl; 1,1-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine , tetramethylene diamine, pentamethylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, heptamethylene diamine, octamethylene diamine, nonamethylene diamine, 1,4-diamine Cyclohexane, isophorone II. Amine, tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyldiamine, hexahydro-4,7-methyleneindandimethylenediamine, tricyclo[6.2.1.02'7] -undecene dimethyldiamine, 4,4'-methylene 0 bis(cyclohexylamine), 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(amino group A) An aliphatic diamine such as cyclohexane or the like and an alicyclic diamine; 2,3-diaminopyridine, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-di Aminopyrimidine, 5,6-diamino-2,3-dicyanopyrazine, 5,6-diamino-2,4-dihydroxy Pyrimidine, 2,4-diamino-6-dimethylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 1,4-bis(3-aminopropyl)piperazine, 2,4-diamino -6-isopropoxy-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-methoxy-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6- Phenyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-methyl-s-triazine, 2,4-didecylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 4, 6-Diamino-2-vinyl-S-triazine, 2,4-diamino-5-phenylthiazole, 2,6-diaminopurine, 5,6-diamino-1,3 -dimethyl uracil, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxy acridine lactate, 3,8-diamino- 6-phenylphenanthridine, 1,4-diaminopiperazine, 3,6-diaminoacridine, bis(4-aminophenyl)phenylamine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-phenyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, oxime, Ν'- Bis(4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, the following formula (DI) -37- 200934859 h2n d xv=7vnh2 (DI) (in the formula (DI), R5 is selected from the group consisting of shame, chew, and a monovalent organic group having a nitrogen atom in a group of a group consisting of a azine, a pulse, and a piperazine, and X3 is a divalent organic group. Compound represented by the following formula (D-II)

(式(D-II)中,R6爲具有選自吡啶、嘧啶、三嗪、哌啶及哌 嗪所成群之含氮原子之環構造的2價的有機基,X4各自爲 2價的有機基,複數存在之X4可各自相同或相異。)所表 不之化合物等之於分子内具有2個1級胺基及該1級胺基 以外的氮原子之二胺; h2n(In the formula (D-II), R6 is a divalent organic group having a ring structure of a nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, piperidine and piperazine, and each of X4 is a divalent organic group. The X4 present in the plural may be the same or different. The compound represented by the same is equivalent to a diamine having two primary amine groups in the molecule and a nitrogen atom other than the primary amine group; h2n

(D-III) (式(D-ΙΠ)中,R7 係選自-0-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-及-CO-所成群之2價的有機基,R8爲具有類固醇骨 架、三氟甲基苯基、三氟甲氧基苯基或氟苯基之1價的有 -38- 200934859 機基或碳數6〜30之烷基。) 所示之單取代苯二胺; 下述式(D-IV) R9 R9 NH: H2N-(-CH2^-Si—f〇—Si^f-CH2)^ R9 R9 (D-IV ) (式(D-IV)中,R9各自爲碳數1〜12之烴基,複數存在之 R9分別可相同或相異,P分別爲1〜3之整數,q爲1〜20 之整數。)所表示之化合物等之二胺基有機矽氧烷; 下述式(D-1)〜(D-5)(D-III) (In the formula (D-ΙΠ), R7 is a divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of -0, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, and -CO- , R8 is a monovalent of a steroid skeleton, a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a trifluoromethoxyphenyl group or a fluorophenyl group having a -38-200934859 organic group or a carbon number of 6 to 30 alkyl groups. Monosubstituted phenylenediamine; Formula (D-IV) R9 R9 NH: H2N-(-CH2^-Si-f〇-Si^f-CH2)^ R9 R9 (D-IV) (Formula D-IV In the above, each of R9 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, and a plurality of R9 groups may be the same or different, P is an integer of 1 to 3, and q is an integer of 1 to 20). Amino-based organooxane; formula (D-1) to (D-5)

-39- 200934859-39- 200934859

,ch3 Όη3 (D-2),ch3 Όη3 (D-2)

-40- 200934859-40- 200934859

Ο~^~〇2Η4~Ο~^~〇2Η4~

νη2 (D-5) Ο (式(D-4)中的y爲2〜12之整數,式(D-5)中的ζ爲1〜5 之整數。)之分別所表示之化合物等。上述芳香族二胺、 上述式(D-Ι)〜(D-III)及(D-1)〜(D-5)之分別所表示之化合 物之苯環可以1個或2個以上之碳數1〜4的烷基(較佳爲 甲基)取代。此等之二胺可單獨或2種以上組合使用。 此等中,ρ -苯二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二 胺基二苯基硫化物、1,5 -二胺基萘、2,2’-二甲基- 4,4’-二 〇 胺基聯苯、2,2’-二三氟甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,7-二胺 基芴、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯 基]丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基 )苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4’-(p-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯胺、4,4’-(m-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯 胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯 、1,4-環己烷二胺、4,4’-亞甲基雙(環己基胺)、1,3-雙(胺 基甲基)環己烷、上述式(D-1)〜(D-5)所表示之化合物、 2,6 -二胺基耻啶、3,4 -二胺基吡啶、2,4 -二胺基嘧啶、3,6- -41 - 200934859 —fee基吖陡、3,6 -二胺基昨哩、N -甲基- 3,6 -二胺基昨哩、 N-乙基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-苯基-3,6_二胺基咔唑、N,N,_ 一(4 -胺基本基)-聯本胺、上述式(D-i)所表示之化合物中之 下述式(D-6)Ηη2 (D-5) Ο (wherein y in the formula (D-4) is an integer of 2 to 12, and ζ in the formula (D-5) is an integer represented by 1 to 5). The aromatic diamine, the benzene ring of the compound represented by the above formulas (D-Ι) to (D-III) and (D-1) to (D-5) may have one or two or more carbon numbers. A 1 to 4 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) is substituted. These diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, ρ-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2' -Dimethyl- 4,4'-diaminoaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-ditrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,7-diaminopurine, 4, 4'-Diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 2, 2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(p-phenylene II Isopropyl)diphenylamine, 4,4'-(m-phenylenediisopropylidene)diphenylamine, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis ( 4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane a compound represented by the above formula (D-1) to (D-5), 2,6-diaminopyristidine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6 - -41 - 200934859 —fee based on a steep, 3,6-diamino group, N-methyl- 3,6-diamino group, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole , N-phenyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N , N, _ (4-amino basic group)-linked amine, the compound represented by the above formula (D-i), the following formula (D-6)

(D-6) 所表不之化合物、上述式(D-II)所表示之化合物中之 下述式(D-7) (D-7) H2N~~C_3~N\ ^~~〇3Ηβ~~^ 所表示之化合物、上述式(D-III)所表示之化合物中之 十二烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十 六烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二 院氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十六烷 氧基-2,5 -—胺基苯、十八院氧基-2,5 -二胺基苯、下述式 (D-8)〜(D-16)(D-6) The compound represented by the above formula (D-7) and the compound represented by the above formula (D-II) (D-7) (D-7) H2N~~C_3~N\ ^~~〇3Ηβ~ a compound represented by ~^, a dodecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene or a pentadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene in the compound represented by the above formula (D-III), Hexadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecaoxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy -2,5-diaminobenzene, hexadecyloxy-2,5--aminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, the following formula (D-8)~( D-16)

-42- 200934859-42- 200934859

-43- 200934859-43- 200934859

之分別所表示之化合物及上述式(D-IV)所表示之 之1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-四甲基二矽氧烷爲佳。 供給聚醯胺酸之合成反應的四羧酸二酐與二 比例,相對於二胺所含之胺基1當量,以四羧酸 酐基成爲0.2〜2當量之比例爲佳,又更佳爲成爲 當量之比例。 聚醯胺酸之合成反應,較佳爲在有機溶劑中 在-20〜150°C、更佳爲在0〜l〇〇°C之溫度條件下 1〜4 8小時、更較佳爲2〜1 〇小時進行。於此, 方面,爲可溶解所合成之聚醯胺酸者即可,並無 化合物中 胺之使用 二酐之酸 0.3 〜1.2 ,較佳爲 ,較佳爲 有機溶劑 特別限制 -44- 200934859 ’例如N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二 甲基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν -二甲基咪唑啉酮、二甲基亞颯、γ_ 丁內 酯、四甲基尿素、六甲基磷三醯胺等之非質子系極性溶劑 ;m -甲酚、二甲酚、酚、鹵化酚等之酚系溶劑。有機溶劑 之使用量(a),以四羧酸二酐及二胺的總量(b)相對於反應 . 溶液之全量(a + b)成爲0.1〜30重量%之量爲佳。又,倂用 有機溶劑與後述貧溶劑時,上述有機溶劑之使用量(a)係指 ^ 有機溶劑及貧溶劑的合計之使用量。 在前述有機溶劑,在不析出所生成聚醯胺酸的範圍, 可倂用聚醯胺酸之貧溶劑亦即一般所認爲之醇、酮、酯、 醚、鹵化烴、烴等。該貧溶劑之具體例方面,例如甲基醇 、乙基醇、異丙基醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、1,4-丁 二醇、三乙二醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、乳酸乙基、乳酸丁基 、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙酸甲基 、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基乙氧基 〇 丙酸酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸二乙酯、二乙基醚、乙二醇 甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚、乙二醇-η-丙基醚、乙二醇-i-丙 基醚、乙二醇-η-丁基醚、乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚 乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二 醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸 酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、四氫呋喃、二氯甲烷、 1,2-二氯乙烷、1,4-二氯丁烷、三氯乙烷、氯苯、〇-二氯 苯、己烷、庚烷、辛環、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異戊基丙酸 酯、異戊基異丁酸酯、二異戊基醚等。 -45- 200934859 於聚醯胺酸製造時’在有機溶劑中倂用上述貧溶劑時 ,其使用比例雖可適宜設定在生成之聚醯胺酸不析出的範 圍,較佳爲在全溶劑中之50重量%以下,更較佳爲20重 量%以下。 如上述般,可得溶解聚醯胺酸而成之反應溶液。此反 _ 應溶液可直接供給液晶配向劑之調製 '或將反應溶液中所 含之聚醯胺酸單離以供液晶配向劑之調製,或純化單離之 0 聚醯胺酸後供給液晶配向劑之調製。聚醯胺酸之單離,可 藉由使上述反應溶液注入大量貧溶劑中得到析出物、並將 此析出物進行減壓下乾燥之方法、或將反應溶液以蒸發器 進行減壓餾去之方法來進行。又,將此聚醯胺酸再溶於有 機溶劑、接著以貧溶劑析出之方法、或進行一次或數次以 蒸發器減壓餾去的步驟之方法,使聚醯胺酸純化。 [聚醯亞胺] 〇 上述聚醯亞胺,可藉由使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應所得 之聚醯胺酸進行脫水閉環而合成。 上述聚醯亞胺之合成可使用之四羧酸二酐方面,可例 舉如上述聚醯胺酸之合成可使用之四羧酸二酐相同之化合 物。 本發明中聚醯亞胺之合成可使用之四羧酸二酐方面, 以使用含脂環式四羧酸二酐的四羧酸二酐爲佳。特別佳之 脂環式四羧酸二酐方面,例如2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二 酐、l,3,3a,4,5,9b -六氫- 5- (四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並 -46- 200934859 [l,2-c]咲喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b -六氫-8 -甲基-5-(四 氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜 雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺- 3,-(四氫呋喃-2,,5’-二酮) 、5-(2,5 -二氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3 -甲基-3 -環己烯-1,2 -二羧 酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2 : 3,5 : 6-二軒或 . 4,9-二氧雜三環[5_3· 1 ·02’6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮。 上述聚醯亞胺之合成時,可倂用脂環式四羧酸二酐與 0 其他四羧酸二酐。此時,全四羧酸二酐中占有的脂環式四 羧酸二酐之比例,較佳爲1 〇莫耳%以上,更較佳爲5 0莫 耳%以上。 上述聚醯亞胺之合成可使用之二胺方面,可舉例與上 述聚醯胺酸之合成可使用之二胺相同之化合物。 本發明中聚醯亞胺之合成可使用之二胺方面,以使用 含上述式(D-III)所示之二胺的二胺爲佳。其較佳具體例方 面,可舉例如上述式(D-III)所表示之化合物中之十二烷氧 〇 基-2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十六烷氧 基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二烷氧 基-2,5-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十六烷氧 基-2,5-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯及上述式(D-8)〜(D-16)之分別所表示之化合物。 上述聚醯亞胺之合成時,可倂用上述式(D-III)所示之 二胺與其他二胺。該其他二胺中較佳者方面,如Ρ-苯二胺 、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫化物、 1,5-二胺基萘、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二三 -47- 200934859 氟甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,7-二胺基芴、4,4,_二胺基二 苯基醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9_雙(4_胺 基苯基)芴、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4 -胺基苯基)六氟两院、4,4’-(p -苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯 胺、4,4’-(m-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯胺、丨,4_環己烷二胺、 • 4,4’-亞甲基雙(環己基胺)、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、 4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、上述式(n)〜(D_5)之分別 〇 所表示之化合物、2,6 -二胺基耻陡、3,4 -二胺基卩比陡、2,4 _ 二胺基嘧啶、3,6 -二胺基吖啶、ν,Ν,-二(4 -胺基苯基)-聯苯 胺、Ν,Ν’-二(4-胺基苯基)-Ν,Ν’-二甲基-聯苯胺、上述式 (D-Ι)所表示之化合物中之上述式(D-6)所表示之化合物、 上述式(D-II)所表不之化合物中之上述式(D-7)所表示之化 合物、及上述式(D-IV)所表示之化合物中之^―雙^-胺基 丙基)·四甲基二矽氧烷等。倂用上述式(D-III)所示之二胺 與其他二胺時’上述式(D-III)所示之二胺的使用,相對於 ® 全二胺,較佳爲〇·5重量%以上,特佳爲1重量%以上。 本發明可使用之聚醯亞胺的脫水閉環反應可藉由(i)加 熱聚醯胺酸之方法、或藉由(ii)使聚醯胺酸溶於有機溶劑 、並於此溶液中添加脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒、並因應需要 進行加熱之方法來進行。 上述(i)之加熱聚醯胺酸之方法的反應溫度,較佳爲 50〜200°C ’更佳爲60〜170°C。反應溫度未達50°C,則脫 水閉環反應進行不完全,反應溫度超過200。(:,則所得之 醯亞胺化聚合物之分子量有降低之情形。加熱聚醯胺酸之 -48- 200934859 方法的反應時間,較佳爲0 · 5〜4 8小時,更佳爲2〜2 0小 時。 另外,上述(ii)之於聚醯胺酸溶液中添加脫水劑及脫 水閉環觸媒之方法中,脫水劑可使用如乙酸酐、丙酸酐、 三氟乙酸酐等之酸酐。脫水劑之使用量相對於聚醯胺酸構 . 造單位1莫耳,以成爲〇.〇1〜20莫耳者爲佳。又,脫水 閉環觸媒可使用如吡啶、三甲基吡啶、二甲基吡啶、三乙 0 基胺等之3級胺。惟,不限於此等。脫水閉環觸媒之使用 量相對於使用的脫水劑1莫耳,以0.0 1〜1 0莫耳者爲佳 。脫水閉環反應所用之有機溶劑,可舉如聚醯胺酸之合成 所用之者所例示之有機溶劑。脫水閉環反應之反應溫度, 較佳爲0〜180°C,更佳爲10〜150°C,反應時間,較佳爲 0.5〜24小時,更佳爲1〜1〇小時。 上述方法(i)所得之聚醯亞胺,可將此直接供給至液晶 配向劑之調製,或將此純化後供給至液晶配向劑之調製。 〇 另外,上述方法(Π)中,可得含有聚醯亞胺的反應溶液。 此反應溶液,可將此直接供給至液晶配向劑之調製,或從 反應溶液除去脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒後供給至液晶配向劑 之調製,或將聚醯亞胺分離後供給至液晶配向劑之調製、 或使分離之聚醯亞胺純化後供給至液晶配向劑之調製。從 反應溶液除去脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒,可使用例如溶劑取 代等之方法。聚醯亞胺的分離、純化,作爲聚醯胺酸的分 離、純化方法方面,可以與上述者相同之操作進行。 -49- 200934859 本發明可使用之聚醯亞胺,可爲画 水者’或醯胺酸構造中之一部份經脫7」 胺環構造與醯胺酸構造者。 本發明可使用之聚醯亞胺的醯亞肢 以上,更較佳爲8 5 %以上。於此,「| . 對於聚合物中醯胺酸構造數與醯亞胺驾 率表示醯亞胺環數之比例者。此時,鹿 0 爲異醯亞胺環。醯亞胺化率可將聚醯3 化溶劑(例如重氫化二甲基亞碾),以ΙΖΪ 物質,從在室溫測定1H-NMR之結果, 出。 醯亞胺化率(%) = (1 - A 1 / A2 X a) X 1 0 0 (數式⑴中,Α1爲化學位移lOppm附定 Q 之質子之波峰面積,A2爲來自其他質弓 相對於聚醯亞胺的前驅物(聚醯胺酸)中 的其他質子個數比例。) -末端修飾型之聚合物-上述聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺’可爲分 修飾型者。此般末端修飾型者’於合成 由添加分子量調節劑於反應系而合成。 方面,例如酸一酐、單胺化合物、單異 胺酸構造全部經脫 閉環,倂存有醯亞 化率,較佳爲80% 亞胺化率」係指相 數的合計,以百分 亞胺環之一部分可 胺溶解於適當重氫 甲基矽烷作爲基準 經下述數式(i)而求 ⑴ 出現的來自NH基 之波峰面積,α爲 ΝΗ基之質子1個 子量經調節的末端 聚醯胺酸時,可藉 上述分子量調節劑 氰酸酯化合物等。 -50- 200934859 於此’酸一酐方面,例如馬來酸酐、苯二甲酸酐、衣 康酸酐、癸基琥珀酸酐' n_十二烷基琥珀酸酐、n-十四 烷基琥珀酸酐、η-十六烷基琥珀酸酐等。另外,單胺化合 物方面’例如’苯胺、環己基胺、η·丁基胺、η-戊基胺、 η -己基胺、η -庚基胺、η -辛基胺、η_壬基胺、η_癸基胺、 η-十一烷基胺、η-十二烷基胺、η_十三烷基胺、η-十四烷 基胺、η-十五烷基胺、η-十六烷基胺、η_十七烷基胺、η-十八烷基胺' η-二十烷基胺等。另外,單異氰酸酯化合物 方面,例如苯基異氰酸酯、萘基異氰酸酯等。 分子量調節劑使用量,相對於合成聚醯胺酸時所使用的 四羧酸二酐及二胺的合計100重量份,較佳爲20重量份 以下、更較佳爲5重量份以下之範圍。 -溶液黏度- 如以上般所得之聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺,做成濃度1〇 重量%之溶液時,以具20〜800mPa‘s之溶液黏度者爲佳 ,以維持30〜500mPa*s之溶液黏度者更佳。 上述聚合物之溶液黏度(mP^s)係對使用該聚合物之 良溶劑(例如N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮),做成1 0重量%之濃度 的聚合物溶液’使用E型旋轉黏度計’在25 °C測定之値。 [其他聚矽氧烷] 上述式(S-2)所示之具重複單位的聚矽氧烷、其水解物 及水解物之縮合物所成群選出之至少1種(其他聚矽氧烷) -51 - 200934859 方面’以上述式(S-2)中X2爲碳數1〜20之烷基或碳數6 〜20之芳基之聚有機矽氧烷爲佳。 該其他聚有機矽氧烷,可藉由如使由烷氧基矽烷化合 物及鹵化矽烷化合物所成群選出之至少1種矽烷化合物( 以下、稱爲「原料矽烷化合物」。)較佳爲在適當有機溶 . 劑中、水及觸媒之存在下,進行水解或水解·縮合而合成 〇 © 在此可使用之原料矽烷化合物,可舉如四甲氧基矽烷 、四乙氧基砂院、四-η -丙氧基砍院、四-iso -丙氧基砍院 、四- η-丁氧基砂院、四-sec -丁氧基砂院、四- tert -丁氧基 矽烷、四氯矽烷;甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷 、甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基三-iso-丙氧基矽烷、甲基 三-η-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三-tert-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三苯氧基矽烷、甲基三氯矽烷、乙基三 甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、 Ο 乙基三-iso-丙氧基矽烷、乙基三- η-丁氧基矽烷、乙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、乙基三-tert-丁氧基矽烷、乙基三氯矽烷 、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三氯矽烷 ;二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二 氯矽烷;三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基矽烷、三甲基 氯矽烷等。此等中,以四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、甲 基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷 、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙 氧基矽烷、三甲基甲氧基矽烷或三甲基乙氧基矽烷爲佳。 -52- 200934859 合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時,可任意使用之有機溶劑可 舉例如醇化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化合物或酯化合物或該 其他非質子性化合物。此等可單獨或二種以上組合使用。 上述醇化合物可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、η-丙醇、i-丙醇 、η-丁醇、i-丁醇 ' sec-丁醇、t-丁醇 ' n-戊醇、i-戊醇、 . 2-甲基丁醇、sec-戊醇、t-戊醇、3-甲氧基丁醇、η-己醇、 2 -甲基戊醇、sec-己醇、2-乙基丁醇、sec -庚醇、庚醇-3、 ❹ η-辛醇、2-乙基己醇、sec-辛醇、η-壬基醇、2,6-二甲基庚 醇-4、η-癸醇、sec-十一烷基醇、三甲基壬基醇、sec -十四 烷基醇、sec-十七烷基醇、苯酚、環己醇、甲基環己醇、 3,3,5-三甲基環己醇、苄基醇、二丙酮醇等之單醇化合物 t 乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、戊二醇-2,4、2-甲 基戊二醇-2,4、己二醇-2,5、庚二醇-2,4、2-乙基己二醇-1,3、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三丙二醇等之多 〇 價醇化合物; 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙醚、 乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單己基醚、乙二醇單苯基酸、乙二 醇單-2·乙基丁醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚 、二乙二醇單丙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單己基醚 、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙 二醇單丁醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二 丙二醇單丙醚等之多價醇化合物之部分醚等。此等之醇化 合物可1種或2種以上組合使用。 -53- 200934859 上述酮化合物各自可舉例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲 基- η-丙基嗣、甲基- η-丁基嗣、一乙基嗣、甲基-i-丁基嗣 、甲基-η-戊基酮、乙基-η-丁基酮、甲基-n-己基酮、二-i_ 丁基酮、三甲基壬酮、環己酮、2 -己酮、甲基環己酮、 2,4 -戊二酮、丙酮基丙酮、乙醯苯、芬酮等之單酮化合物 t 乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮、2,4-庚二酮、3,5-庚二酮、 0 2,4-辛二酮、3,5-辛二酮、2,4-壬二酮、3,5-壬二酮、5-甲 基-2,4-己二酮、2,2,6,6-四甲基- 3,5-庚二酮、1,1,1,5,5,5-六氟-2,4-庚二酮等之β-二酮化合物等。此等之酮化合物可 使用1種或2種以上組合使用。 上述醯胺化合物可舉例如甲醯胺、Ν-甲基甲醯胺、 Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺、Ν-乙基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基甲醯胺、 乙醯胺、Ν-甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν-乙基乙醯 胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基乙醯胺、Ν-甲基丙醯胺、Ν-甲基吡咯烷酮 G 、Ν -甲醯基嗎啉、Ν -甲醯基哌啶、Ν -甲醯基吡咯烷、Ν -乙 醯基嗎啉、Ν-乙醯基哌啶、Ν-乙醯基吡咯烷等。此等醯胺 化合物可一種或二種以上組合使用。 上述醋化合物可舉例如二乙基碳酸醋、碳酸乙烯醋、 碳酸丙烯酯、碳酸二乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內 酯、γ-戊內酯、乙酸η-丙酯、乙酸i-丙酯、乙酸η-丁酯、 乙酸i-丁酯、乙酸sec-丁酯、乙酸η-戊酯、乙酸sec-戊酯 、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲基戊酯、乙酸2-乙基丁酯、 乙酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸甲基環己 -54- 200934859 酯、乙酸η-壬酯、乙醯基乙酸甲酯、乙醯基乙酸乙酯、乙 酸乙二醇單甲基醚 '乙酸乙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸二乙二醇 單甲基醚、乙酸二乙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸二乙二醇單·η· 丁 醚、乙酸丙二醇單甲基醚、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸丙 二醇單丙醚、乙酸丙二醇單丁醚、乙酸二丙二醇單甲基醚 • 、乙酸二丙二醇單乙基醚、二乙酸乙二醇、乙酸甲氧基三 乙二醇、丙酸乙酯、丙酸η-丁酯、丙酸i-戊酯、草酸二乙 φ 酯、草酸二-η-丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸η-丁酯 、乳酸η-戊酯、丙二酸二乙酯、苯二甲酸二甲酯、苯二甲 酸二乙酯等。此等酯化合物可一種或二種以上組合使用。 上述該其他非質子性化合物可舉例如乙腈、二甲基亞 颯、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四乙基磺胺、六甲基磷酸三醯胺、Ν-甲基 嗎啉、Ν -甲基吡咯、Ν -乙基吡咯、Ν -甲基-Δ3 -吡咯啉、Ν-甲基哌啶、Ν-乙基哌啶、Ν,Ν-二甲基哌嗪、Ν-甲基咪唑、 Ν-甲基-4-哌啶酮、Ν-甲基-2-哌啶酮、Ν-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 Φ 、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑烷酮、1,3-二甲基四氫-2(1Η)-嘧啶酮 等。 此等溶劑中,以多價醇化合物、多價醇化合物之部分 醚或酯化合物特別佳。 於其他聚有機矽氧烷之合成時所使用之水的比例,相 對於原料矽烷化合物具有之烷氧基及鹵素原子總量1莫耳 ’較佳爲0.5〜100莫耳,更佳爲1〜30莫耳,進一步以1 〜1 · 5莫耳之比例爲佳。 其他聚有機矽氧烷之合成時可使用之觸媒可舉例如金 -55- 200934859 屬螯合化合物、有機酸、無機酸、有機鹼、氨、鹼金屬化 合物等。 上述金屬螯合化合物可舉例如三乙氧基.單(乙醯丙酮) 鈦、三-η-丙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三-i-丙氧基.單(乙醯 丙酮)鈦、三-η -丁氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三- sec-丁氧基· . 單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三-t-丁氧基.單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二乙氧基 •雙(乙醯丙酮)駄、二-η -丙氧基·雙(乙酿丙酮)鈦、二-i_丙 0 氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二-η-丁氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二- sec-丁氧基.雙(乙醯丙嗣)鈦、二-t-丁氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮) 鈦、單乙氧基.參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單- η-丙氧基.參(乙醯丙 酮)鈦、單-i-丙氧基·參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單- η-丁氧基·參(乙 醯丙酮)駄、單- sec-丁氧基·參(乙醯丙酮)欽、單-t-丁氧基 •參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、四(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三乙氧基·單(乙基乙 醯乙酸)鈦、三-η-丙氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、三小丙氧 基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、三-η-丁氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸) 〇 鈦、三-sec-丁氧基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、三-t-丁氧基.單 (乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二乙氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二-n-丙氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二-i-丙氧基.雙(乙基乙醯 乙酸)鈦、二-η-丁氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二-sec-丁氧 基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二-t-丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸) 鈦、單乙氧基.參(乙基乙醯乙酸)駄、單-η-丙氧基·參(乙 基乙醯乙酸)鈦、單小丙氧基·參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、單-η-丁氧基·參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、單-sec· 丁氧基.參(乙基乙醯 乙酸)鈦、單-t-丁氧基.參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、四(乙基乙醯 -56- 200934859 乙酸)鈦、單(乙醯丙酮)參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、雙(乙醯丙 酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、參(乙醯丙酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸) 鈦等之鈦螯合化合物; 三乙氧基.單(乙醯丙酮)鍩、三-η-丙氧基·單(乙醯丙 酮)锆、三-i-丙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)锆、三-η-丁氧基.單(乙 醯丙酮)锆、三- sec-丁氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)锆、三-t-丁氧基 •單(乙醯丙酮)鍩、二乙氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、二-η-丙氧 ρ 基.雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、二-i-丙氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、二-η- 丁氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、二-sec-丁氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)锆 、二-t-丁氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、單乙氧基.參(乙醯丙酮) 锆、單-η-丙氧基·參(乙醯丙酮)鉻、單-i-丙氧基.參(乙醯 丙酮)鍩、單-η-丁氧基·參(乙醯丙酮)鉻、單-sec_ 丁氧基. 參(乙醯丙酮)锆、單-t-丁氧基·參(乙醯丙酮)锆、四(乙醯 丙酮)銷、三乙氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸)銷、三-η-丙氧基. 單(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆、三-i-丙氧基單(乙基乙醯乙酸)銷' D 三-η-丁氧基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆、三- sec-丁氧基.單(乙 基乙酸乙酸)錯、二-t-丁氧基.單(乙基乙酿乙酸)錯、二乙 氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆、二- η-丙氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸)鍩、二-i-丙氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)銷、二_η_ 丁氧基· 雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆 '二- sec-丁氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)銷 、二-t-丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鍩、單乙氧基.參(乙基乙 醯乙酸)锆、單-η-丙氧基·參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鉻、單_i_丙氧 基.參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鉻、單-η-丁氧基.參(乙基乙醯乙酸) 鍩、單-sec-丁氧基.參(乙基乙醯乙酸)銷、單-1_ 丁氧基.參 -57- 200934859 (乙基乙醯乙酸)銷、四(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆、單(乙醯丙酮) 參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鉻、雙(乙醯丙酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鉻 、參(乙醯丙酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸)锆等之鉻螯合化合物; 參(乙醯丙酮)鋁、參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁等之鋁蝥合化 合物等。 • 上述有機酸可舉例如乙酸、丙酸、丁烷酸、戊烷酸、 己烷酸、庚烷酸、辛烷酸、壬烷酸、癸烷酸、草酸、馬來 Q 酸、甲基丙二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、没食子酸、酪酸、苯 六甲酸、花生烯四酸、莽草酸、2-乙基己烷酸、油酸、十 八烷酸、亞麻油酸、亞麻酸、水楊酸、安息香酸、p -胺基 安息香酸、P-甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸、單氯乙酸、二氯乙酸、 三氯乙酸、三氟乙酸、蟻酸、丙二酸、磺酸、苯二甲酸、 富馬酸、檸檬酸、酒石酸等。 上述無機酸可舉例如鹽酸、硝酸、硫酸、氟酸、磷酸 等。 〇 上述有機鹼可舉例如吡啶、吡略、脈嗪、吡咯烷、哌 啶、甲吡啶、三甲基胺、三乙基胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺 、二甲基單乙醇胺、單甲基二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、二氮雙 環辛烷、二氮雙環壬烷、二氮雙環十一烯、四甲基氫氧化 銨等。 上述鹼金屬化合物可舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫 氧化鋇、氫氧化鈣等。 此等觸媒可使用一種或二種以上一起使用。 此等觸媒中,以金屬螯合化合物、有機酸或無機酸爲 -58- 200934859 佳,更佳爲鈦螯合化合物或有機酸 觸媒之使用量相對於原料矽烷化合物1 00重量份,較 佳爲0.001〜10重量份,更佳爲0.001〜1重量份。 其他聚有機矽氧烷之合成時所添加之水,可於原料矽 烷化合物中或令矽烷化合物溶於有機溶劑之溶液中,斷續 . 的或連續地添加。 觸媒,可於原料之矽烷化合物中或將矽烷化合物溶於 〇 有機溶劑之溶液中預先添加、或於已經添加之水中溶解或 分散。 其他聚有機矽氧烷之合成時的反應溫度,較佳爲0〜 100°C,更佳爲15〜8(TC。反應時間較佳爲0.5〜24小時, 更佳爲1〜8小時。 [其他聚合物之含有比例] 本發明之液晶配向劑在與前述本發明之含桂皮酸之聚 © 矽氧烷同時含其他聚合物者時,其他聚合物之含有量方面 ,相對於感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷100重量份,以10,000 重量份以下爲佳。其他聚合物更佳含有量,因其他聚合物 之種類而異。 本發明之液晶配向劑含由感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷、 以及聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成群選出之至少1種聚合物者 時,兩者較佳使用比例相對於感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷 100重量份,作爲聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺的合計量爲100〜 5,000重量份,進一步以200〜2,000重量份爲佳。 -59- 200934859 另外,本發明之液晶配向劑爲含感放射線性聚 氧烷及其他聚矽氧烷者時,兩者較佳使用比例相對 明之含桂皮酸之聚矽氧烷100重量份之其他聚矽氧 ,爲100〜2,000重量份。 本發明之液晶配向劑同時含感放射線性聚有機 . 與其他聚合物者時,其他聚合物之種類方面,以由 _ 酸及聚醯亞胺所成群選出之至少1種聚合物、或其 ❿ 氧院爲佳。 <硬化劑、硬化觸媒及硬化促進劑> 上述硬化劑及硬化觸媒以使感放射線性聚有機 之交聯反應更強固爲目的,可含有於本發明之液晶 ,上述硬化促進劑以促進硬化劑的硬化反應爲目的 _ 於本發明之液晶配向劑中。 上述硬化劑方面,可使用一般用於含有具環氧 0 性化合物或具環氧基之化合物的硬化性組成物之硬 的硬化劑,例如多價胺、多價羧酸酐、多價羧酸。 上述多價羧酸酐方面,例如環己烷三羧酸之無 其他多價羧酸酐。 環己烷三羧酸酐之具體例方面,可舉例如驾 1,3,4-三羧酸-3,4-酐、環己烷-1,3,5-三羧酸-3,5-酐 烷-1,2,3 -三羧酸-2,3 -酸酐等,其他多價羧酸酐方面 4 -甲基四氫苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐、十二烯 酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三酸 有機矽 於本發 烷之量 矽氧烷 聚醯胺 他聚矽 矽氧烷 配向劑 ,可含 基硬化 化所用 水物及 !己烷-、環己 ,例如 琥珀酸 酐、下 -60- 200934859 述式(5) ΟThe compound represented by the above and the 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)-tetramethyldioxane represented by the above formula (D-IV) are preferred. The ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to the synthesis reaction of the poly-proline is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 2 equivalents based on 1 equivalent of the amine group contained in the diamine, and more preferably The ratio of equivalents. The synthesis reaction of polylysine is preferably carried out in an organic solvent at a temperature of -20 to 150 ° C, more preferably at a temperature of 0 to 10 ° C for 1 to 48 hours, more preferably 2 to 2 1 hour. In this regard, in the case of dissolving the synthesized polylysine, there is no acid in the compound which uses dianhydride 0.3 to 1.2, preferably, preferably organic solvent is particularly limited -44-200934859 ' For example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylimidazolidinone, dimethyl hydrazine, γ_ An aprotic polar solvent such as butyrolactone, tetramethyl urea or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide; a phenolic solvent such as m-cresol, xylenol, phenol or halogenated phenol. The amount of the organic solvent used (a) is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by weight based on the total amount (b) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine relative to the reaction. The total amount (a + b) of the solution is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by weight. When the organic solvent and the poor solvent described later are used, the amount (a) of the organic solvent used is the total amount of the organic solvent and the poor solvent. In the above organic solvent, a poor solvent of polyglycine, that is, an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a halogenated hydrocarbon, a hydrocarbon, or the like which is generally considered, may be used in the range in which the polyamic acid formed is not precipitated. Specific examples of the poor solvent, such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate , Ethyl ethoxylated propionate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl malonate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-propyl Ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, Tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, guanidine-dichlorobenzene, hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene , xylene, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, diisoamyl Ether, etc. -45- 200934859 When the polyacetate is used in the production of the above-mentioned poor solvent in an organic solvent, the use ratio may be suitably set in the range in which the produced polyamine does not precipitate, preferably in the total solvent. 50% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less. As described above, a reaction solution in which polylysine is dissolved can be obtained. The anti-solution solution can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent' or the poly-proline acid contained in the reaction solution can be isolated for the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the mono-isomerized polyglycolic acid can be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment. Modulation of the agent. The separation of the polyamic acid can be carried out by injecting the above reaction solution into a large amount of a poor solvent to obtain a precipitate, and drying the precipitate under reduced pressure, or by subjecting the reaction solution to a vacuum distillation under reduced pressure. The method is carried out. Further, the polyglycine is purified by redissolving it in an organic solvent, followed by precipitation in a lean solvent, or a step of distilling off under reduced pressure in an evaporator one or several times. [Polyimine] The above polyimine can be synthesized by dehydration ring closure of a polyamic acid obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be used for the synthesis of the above polyimine is exemplified by the same compound as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be used for the synthesis of the above polyamic acid. In the case of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be used for the synthesis of the polyimine in the present invention, it is preferred to use a tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Particularly preferred aspects of alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2 ,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho-46- 200934859 [l,2-c]pyran-1,3-dione, l,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro- 8-Methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2. 1] Octane-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3,-(tetrahydrofuran-2,5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)- 3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2: 3,5:6-two or or 4,9 - Dioxatricyclo[5_3·1 ·02'6]undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone. In the synthesis of the above polyimine, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 0 other tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used. In this case, the ratio of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride contained in the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably 1% by mole or more, more preferably 50% by mole or more. The diamine which can be used for the synthesis of the above polyimine can be exemplified by the same compound as the diamine which can be used for the synthesis of the above polyamic acid. In the present invention, in view of the diamine which can be used for the synthesis of polyimine, a diamine containing a diamine represented by the above formula (D-III) is preferred. Preferred examples of the compound include, for example, dodecyloxyindenyl-2,4-diaminobenzene and pentadecyloxy-2,4-di in the compound represented by the above formula (D-III). Aminobenzene, hexadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, ten Pentameryl-2,5-diaminobenzene, cetyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene and the above formula (D-8) ) The compound represented by the difference of (D-16). In the synthesis of the above polyimine, the diamine represented by the above formula (D-III) and other diamines may be used. Preferred of the other diamines are, for example, anthracene-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,5-diamine Naphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-tris-47- 200934859 fluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2 , 7-diaminopurine, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis (4 _Aminophenyl) hydrazine, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoride, 4,4'-(p-phenylene diisopropylidene)diphenylamine, 4,4'-(m-phenylenediisopropylidene)diphenylamine, anthracene, 4_cyclohexanediamine, • 4 , 4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, the above formula (n)~(D_5) respectively, the compound represented by 〇, 2,6-diamine-based shame, 3,4-diaminopurine, steepness, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-di Acridine, ν, Ν, - bis(4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, anthracene, Ν'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-indole, Ν'-dimethyl-benzidine a compound represented by the above formula (D-6) in the compound represented by the above formula (D-Ι), or a compound represented by the above formula (D-7) in the compound represented by the above formula (D-II) And the compound represented by the above formula (D-IV), such as bis-aminopropyl) tetramethyldioxane. When the diamine represented by the above formula (D-III) and the other diamine are used, the use of the diamine represented by the above formula (D-III) is preferably 〇·5% by weight based on the total diamine. The above is particularly preferably 1% by weight or more. The dehydration ring-closing reaction of the polyimine which can be used in the present invention can be carried out by (i) heating the poly-proline, or by dissolving the poly-proline in an organic solvent and adding dehydration to the solution. The agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst are subjected to heating as needed. The reaction temperature of the above method (i) for heating the polyamic acid is preferably from 50 to 200 ° C', more preferably from 60 to 170 ° C. When the reaction temperature is less than 50 ° C, the dehydration ring closure reaction is incomplete and the reaction temperature exceeds 200. (:, the molecular weight of the obtained ruthenium iodide polymer is lowered. The reaction time of the method for heating polyglycine -48-200934859 is preferably 0 · 5 to 4 8 hours, more preferably 2 2 Further, in the above method (ii) wherein a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst are added to the polyaminic acid solution, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride may be used as the dehydrating agent. The amount of the agent used is 1 mol of the polyamine structure, and it is preferably 1 to 20 mols. Further, the dehydration ring-closing catalyst can be used, for example, pyridine, trimethylpyridine or dimethyl. A tertiary amine such as a pyridine or a trimethylamine. However, it is not limited thereto. The amount of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 to 10 moles per mole of the dehydrating agent used. The organic solvent used for the dehydration ring-closure reaction may, for example, be an organic solvent exemplified for the synthesis of polylysine. The reaction temperature of the dehydration ring-closure reaction is preferably 0 to 180 ° C, more preferably 10 to 150 ° C. , the reaction time, preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 to 1 hour. The above method (i) Polyimine, which can be directly supplied to a liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be supplied to a liquid crystal alignment agent after purification. In addition, in the above method (Π), a reaction solution containing polyimine can be obtained. The reaction solution may be directly supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, or may be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent after removing the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst from the reaction solution, or may be separated from the polyimine and then supplied to the liquid crystal alignment. Preparation of the agent, or purification of the separated polyimine and supply to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst are removed from the reaction solution, and a method such as solvent substitution can be used, for example, separation of the polyimine. Purification, as a method for separation and purification of polylysine, can be carried out in the same manner as described above. -49- 200934859 Polyimine which can be used in the present invention, which can be in the structure of water painter or proline A part of the amine ring structure and the proline structure are used. The polyimine of the present invention may be used in the above-mentioned subliminal limbs, more preferably 85% or more. Here, "| Lieutenant The ratio of acid structure to yttrium imine represents the ratio of the number of quinone imine rings. At this time, deer 0 is an isoindole ring. The rate of ruthenium iodide can be a poly(3) solvent (for example, dimethyl dihydrogenation) Sub-grinding, using ΙΖΪ substance, the result of 1H-NMR measurement at room temperature. 醯 imidization rate (%) = (1 - A 1 / A2 X a) X 1 0 0 (in the formula (1), Α1 is the peak area of the proton of Q with a chemical shift of 10 ppm, and A2 is the ratio of the number of other protons from the precursor of other profilings relative to polyimine (polyproline).) - Polymerization of terminal modification The above-mentioned poly-proline and polyimine can be a modified type. Such a terminal modified type is synthesized by adding a molecular weight modifier to the reaction system. In terms of, for example, the acid monoanhydride, the monoamine compound, and the monoisoamic acid structure are all de-closed, and the enthalpy of hydrazine is preferably present, and the ratio of the number of phases is preferably 80%. One part of the amine ring can be dissolved in an appropriate heavy hydrogen methyl decane as a reference. The area of the peak from the NH group appearing in (1) by the following formula (i), and the proton of α, which is a sulfhydryl group, is adjusted. In the case of valine, the above-mentioned molecular weight modifier cyanate compound or the like can be used. -50- 200934859 In this case, for example, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, mercapto succinic anhydride 'n-dodecyl succinic anhydride, n-tetradecyl succinic anhydride, η - Cetyl succinic anhydride or the like. Further, in terms of monoamine compounds, for example, 'aniline, cyclohexylamine, η-butylamine, η-pentylamine, η-hexylamine, η-heptylamine, η-octylamine, η-decylamine, η_Mercaptoamine, η-undecylamine, η-dodecylamine, η-tridecylamine, η-tetradecylamine, η-pentadecylamine, η-hexa Alkylamine, η-heptadecylamine, η-octadecylamine 'η-icosylamine, and the like. Further, as the monoisocyanate compound, for example, phenyl isocyanate or naphthyl isocyanate is used. The amount of the molecular weight modifier used is preferably 20 parts by weight or less, more preferably 5 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid. -Solid viscosity - When the polyglycine or polyimine obtained as above is made into a solution having a concentration of 1% by weight, it is preferred to have a solution viscosity of 20 to 800 mPa's to maintain 30 to 500 mPa*. The viscosity of the solution of s is better. The solution viscosity (mP^s) of the above polymer is a good solvent (for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) using the polymer, and a polymer solution having a concentration of 10% by weight 'using E-type rotational viscosity Measured at 25 ° C. [Other Polyoxane] At least one selected from the group consisting of polyoxyalkylene having a repeating unit and a condensate of a hydrolyzate and a hydrolyzate thereof represented by the above formula (S-2) (other polyoxyalkylene) Further, in the above formula (S-2), X2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyorganosiloxane having an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The other polyorganosiloxane may be preferably at least one decane compound (hereinafter referred to as "raw material decane compound") selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy decane compound and a halogenated decane compound. In the presence of an organic solvent, in the presence of water, a solvent, and a catalyst, hydrolysis, hydrolysis, and condensation are carried out to synthesize 〇©. The raw material decane compound which can be used herein may, for example, be tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy sand, or four. -η-propoxy collateral, four-iso-propoxy cleavage, tetra-n-butoxylate, four-sec-butoxylate, tetra-tert-butoxy decane, tetrachloro Decane; methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane, methyltri-iso-propoxydecane, methyltri-n-butoxydecane, Methyl tris-sec-butoxydecane, methyl tri-tert-butoxydecane, methyltriphenyloxydecane, methyltrichlorodecane, ethyltrimethoxydecane, ethyltriethoxydecane , ethyl tri-n-propoxydecane, decyl tri-iso-propoxydecane, ethyl tri-n-butoxydecane, ethyl tri-sec-butoxydecane, Tris-tert-butoxydecane, ethyltrichlorodecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, phenyltrichlorodecane; dimethyldimethoxydecane, dimethyldi Ethoxy decane, dimethyl dichloro decane; trimethyl methoxy decane, trimethyl ethoxy decane, trimethyl chloro decane, and the like. Among these, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, dimethyl Dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy decane, trimethyl methoxy decane or trimethyl ethoxy decane is preferred. -52- 200934859 When the other polyorganosiloxane is synthesized, the organic solvent which can be optionally used may, for example, be an alcohol compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound or an ester compound or the other aprotic compound. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above alcohol compound may, for example, be methanol, ethanol, η-propanol, i-propanol, η-butanol, i-butanol 'sec-butanol, t-butanol 'n-pentanol, i-pentanol, 2-methylbutanol, sec-pentanol, t-pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, η-hexanol, 2-methylpentanol, sec-hexanol, 2-ethylbutanol, Sec - heptanol, heptanol-3, η η-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, sec-octanol, η-mercaptool, 2,6-dimethylheptanol-4, η-nonanol , sec-undecyl alcohol, trimethyldecyl alcohol, sec-tetradecyl alcohol, sec-heptadecyl alcohol, phenol, cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, 3,3,5- Monool compounds such as trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, etc. ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, pentanediol-2,4,2-methyl Pentyl glycol-2,4, hexanediol-2,5, heptanediol-2,4,2-ethylhexanediol-1,3,diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, three a polyvalent alcohol compound such as propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol single Phenyl acid, ethylene glycol mono-2-ethylate , diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol A partial ether of a polyvalent alcohol compound such as monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether or dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether. These alcohol compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. -53- 200934859 Each of the above ketone compounds may, for example, be acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl-η-propyl hydrazine, methyl-η-butyl hydrazine, monoethyl hydrazine, methyl-i-butyl fluorene, methyl- Η-amyl ketone, ethyl-η-butyl ketone, methyl-n-hexyl ketone, di-i-butyl ketone, trimethyl fluorenone, cyclohexanone, 2-hexanone, methylcyclohexanone a monoketone compound such as 2,4-pentanedione, acetonylacetone, acetophenone or fenketone t acetamidine, 2,4-hexanedione, 2,4-heptanedione, 3,5-g Diketone, 0 2,4-octanedione, 3,5-octanedione, 2,4-decanedione, 3,5-nonanedione, 5-methyl-2,4-hexanedione, 2 a β-diketone compound such as 2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedione or 1,1,1,5,5,5-hexafluoro-2,4-heptanedione or the like. These ketone compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The above guanamine compound may, for example, bemethantamine, hydrazine-methylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, hydrazine-ethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylformamide, B. Indoleamine, hydrazine-methylacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, hydrazine-ethylacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylacetamide, hydrazine-methyl propylamine, hydrazine -methylpyrrolidone G, Ν-methylmercaptomorpholine, Ν-methylhydrazine piperidine, Ν-methylpyridylpyrrolidine, Ν-ethinylmorpholine, Ν-ethinylpiperidine, Ν-acetamidine Pyrrolidine and the like. These guanamine compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the above vinegar compound include diethyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, and η-propyl acetate. , i-propyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, sec-butyl acetate, η-amyl acetate, sec-amyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl pentyl acetate Ester, 2-ethyl butyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, methylcyclohexyl acetate -54- 200934859 ester, η-decyl acetate, methyl acetoxyacetate Ethylacetate, ethyl acetate, monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diacetic acid Alcohol mono η·butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether • dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether , ethylene glycol diacetate, methoxy triethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, η-butyl propionate, i-pentyl propionate, diethyl phthalate , di-n-butyl oxalate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, η-butyl lactate, η-amyl lactate, diethyl malonate, dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, etc. . These ester compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above other aprotic compound may, for example, be acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetraethyl sulfonamide, trimethylamine hexamethylphosphate, hydrazine-methylmorpholine, hydrazine - Methylpyrrole, Ν-ethylpyrrole, Ν-methyl-Δ3 -pyrroline, Ν-methylpiperidine, Ν-ethylpiperidine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylpiperazine, hydrazine-methylimidazole, Ν-Methyl-4-piperidone, Ν-methyl-2-piperidone, Ν-methyl-2-pyrrolidone Φ, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3- Dimethyltetrahydro-2(1?)-pyrimidinone and the like. Among these solvents, a polyvalent alcohol compound or a partial ether or ester compound of a polyvalent alcohol compound is particularly preferable. The ratio of the water used in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane is preferably from 0.5 to 100 mol, more preferably from 1 to 100 mol, based on the total amount of the alkoxy group and the halogen atom of the starting decane compound. 30 moles, further preferably 1 to 1 · 5 moles. As the catalyst which can be used in the synthesis of other polyorganosiloxanes, for example, gold-55-200934859 is a chelate compound, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an organic base, ammonia, an alkali metal compound or the like. The above metal chelate compound may, for example, be triethoxy.mono(acetonitrile) titanium, tri-n-propoxy mono(acetonitrile) titanium, tri-i-propoxy. mono(acetonitrile) Titanium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(acetonitrile) titanium, tris-s-butoxy·. mono(acetonitrile) titanium, tri-t-butoxy. mono(acetonitrile) Titanium, diethoxy bis (acetyl acetonide) hydrazine, di- η - propoxy bis (ethyl acetonide) titanium, di-i propyl oxy. bis (acetyl acetonide) titanium, two - Η-butoxy bis(acetonitrile) titanium, bis-sec-butoxy. bis(acetonitrile) titanium, di-t-butoxy bis(acetonitrile) titanium, monoethoxy Base (acetylacetone) titanium, mono-η-propoxy. ginseng (acetonitrile) titanium, mono-i-propoxy ginseng (acetonitrile) titanium, mono-η-butoxy参(acetonitrile) hydrazine, mono-sec-butoxy ginseng (acetamidine acetonide), mono-t-butoxy ginseng (acetonitrile) titanium, tetrakis(acetonitrile) titanium, triethyl Oxygen mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, tris-n-propoxy mono(ethylacetoxyacetic acid) titanium, trisodium propoxy. Single ( Ethylacetic acid) titanium, tris-n-butoxy mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) ruthenium titanium, tris-sec-butoxy. mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, tri-t-butoxy Mono-(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, diethoxy bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, di-n-propoxy. bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, di-i-propyl Oxy. Bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, di-η-butoxy. bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, di-sec-butoxy. bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, two -t-butoxy bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, monoethoxy. ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) ruthenium, mono-η-propoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, Single small propoxy thiophene (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono-η-butoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono-sec. butoxy. gin (ethyl acetoacetic acid) Titanium, mono-t-butoxy. ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, tetrakis(ethyl acetamidine-56-200934859 acetic acid) titanium, mono(acetonitrile) ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, Bis(acetylacetone) bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, ginseng (acetonitrile) mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, etc. Chelating compound; triethoxy. mono(acetonitrile) ruthenium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile)zirconium, tri-i-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile)zirconium, three -η-butoxy.single (acetylacetone) zirconium, tris-succinyl mono(ethyl acetonide) zirconium, tris-t-butoxy mono(acetonitrile) oxime, diethoxy Zirconium (acetyl acetonide) zirconium, di-n-propoxy ρ. bis(acetonitrile)zirconium, di-i-propoxy. bis(acetonitrile)zirconium, di-n-butoxy . Bis(acetyl acetonide) zirconium, di-sec-butoxy. bis(acetonitrile)zirconium, di-t-butoxy. bis(acetonitrile)zirconium, monoethoxy. ginseng Acetone) Zirconium, mono-η-propoxy-sodium (acetylacetone) chromium, mono-i-propoxy. ginseng (acetamidine) oxime, mono-η-butoxy ginseng (acetamidine) Chromium, mono-sec-butoxy. Zirconium (acetylacetone) zirconium, mono-t-butoxy-paraben (acetonitrile) zirconium, tetrakis(acetonitrile), triethoxy-mono (ethyl) Acetyleneacetate), tri-n-propoxy. Mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) zirconium, tri-i-propoxy mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) pin 'D tri-n -butoxy.mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) zirconium, tris-sec-butoxy.mono(ethylacetate acetate), bis-t-butoxy.mono(ethylethanoacetic acid). Diethoxy-bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) zirconium, di-n-propoxy-bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) hydrazine, di-i-propoxy. bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) pin , bis_butoxy-bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) zirconium bis- sec-butoxy. bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) pin, di-t-butoxy bis(ethyl acetamidine) Acetic acid) hydrazine, monoethoxy. ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) zirconium, mono-η-propoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) chromium, mono-i-propoxy. Indoleacetic acid) chromium, mono-η-butoxy. ginseng (ethylacetamidineacetic acid) hydrazine, mono-sec-butoxy. ginseng (ethyl acetoacetic acid) pin, mono-1 - butoxy. 57- 200934859 (Ethylacetamidineacetic acid) pin, tetrakis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) zirconium, mono(acetamidineacetone) ginseng (ethylacetamidineacetic acid) chromium, bis(acetamidineacetone) bis (ethyl acetamidine) a chromium chelate compound such as chromium acetate, ginseng (acetonitrile) mono(ethylacetonitrile acetate) zirconium; Ketone) aluminum, ginseng (ethyl acetyl acetate), such as aluminum compounds the aluminum bonding beetle and the like. • The above organic acid may, for example, be acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, pentanoic acid, hexane acid, heptanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, decanoic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, methyl propyl Diacid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, gallic acid, butyric acid, mellitic acid, arachidonic acid, shikimic acid, 2-ethyl hexane acid, oleic acid, octadecanoic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid , salicylic acid, benzoic acid, p-amino benzoic acid, P-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, monochloroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, malonic acid, sulfonic acid, Phthalic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and the like. The inorganic acid may, for example, be hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid or phosphoric acid. The above organic base may, for example, be pyridine, pyridyl, oxazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, methyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, dimethylmonoethanolamine, monomethyldi Ethanolamine, triethanolamine, diazabicyclooctane, diazabicyclononane, diazabicycloundecene, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide or calcium hydroxide. These catalysts may be used together with one type or two or more types. Among these catalysts, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid or a mineral acid is preferably -58 to 200934859, more preferably a titanium chelate compound or an organic acid catalyst is used in an amount of 100 parts by weight relative to the starting decane compound. It is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by weight. The water added in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane may be added intermittently or continuously in the raw decane compound or in a solution in which the decane compound is dissolved in an organic solvent. The catalyst may be previously added to the raw material decane compound or dissolved in a solution of the decane compound in the hydrazine organic solvent, or dissolved or dispersed in the already added water. The reaction temperature at the time of synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane is preferably from 0 to 100 ° C, more preferably from 15 to 8 (TC. The reaction time is preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 to 8 hours. Ratio of Other Polymers] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains other polymers in combination with the above-mentioned cinnamic acid-containing polyoxalate of the present invention, and the content of other polymers is relatively linear with respect to the radiation. 100 parts by weight of the organic oxirane is preferably 10,000 parts by weight or less. The content of other polymers is more preferable depending on the type of other polymers. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, And at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine and polyamidiamine, preferably used in a ratio of 100 parts by weight relative to the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, as poly-proline and poly The total amount of quinone imine is 100 to 5,000 parts by weight, more preferably 200 to 2,000 parts by weight. -59- 200934859 In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a radiation-sensitive polyoxyalkylene and other polyoxane. When the two are better used, the ratio is relatively clear. 100 parts by weight of other polyoxonium containing cinnamic acid polyoxyxane, 100 to 2,000 parts by weight. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a radiation-sensitive polyorganism. When compared with other polymers, other polymers In terms of the type, at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of _acid and polyimine, or a cerium oxide is preferred. <Reinforcing agent, curing catalyst, and hardening accelerator> The catalyst may be contained in the liquid crystal of the present invention for the purpose of making the cross-linking reaction of the radiation-sensitive polyorganism stronger, and the above-mentioned hardening accelerator is used for the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention for the purpose of promoting the hardening reaction of the curing agent. As the hardener, a hard curing agent generally used for a curable composition containing an epoxy compound or an epoxy group-containing compound, for example, a polyvalent amine, a polyvalent carboxylic anhydride, or a polyvalent carboxylic acid can be used. In the case of a polyvalent carboxylic anhydride, for example, cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid is free from other polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydrides. Specific examples of the cyclohexane tricarboxylic anhydride include, for example, 1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4- Anhydride, cyclohexane-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid-3,5-anhydride- 1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride, etc., other polyvalent carboxylic anhydrides, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl nadic anhydride, dodecene anhydride, succinic anhydride, Malay Anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimellitic acid, organic hydrazine in the amount of the hair oxane, polyoxane polyamidamine polyoxyalkylene complexing agent, can contain water for sclerolysis and hexane-, cyclohexyl , for example, succinic anhydride, lower -60- 200934859, (5) Ο

Ο (式(5)中,r爲1〜20之整數^ ) 所表不之化合物及聚酸胺酸之合成中,除一般可使用 之四羧酸二酐外’尙有α-松油烯、別羅勒烯等之具共軛雙 鍵之脂環式化合物與馬來酸酐之Diels-Alder反應生成物 或此等氫化物。 上述硬化觸媒方面’可使用如6氟化銻化合物、6氟 化磷化合物及鋁三乙醯丙酮等。此等之觸媒可經加熱催化 環氧基之陽離子聚合。 上述硬化促進劑方面,例如咪唑化合物; 4級磷化合物; 4級胺化合物; 1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]十一烯-7或其有機酸鹽般二氮 雜雙環烯烴; 辛基酸鋅、辛基酸錫、鋁乙醯基丙酮錯合物般有機金 屬化合物; 三氟化硼、硼酸三苯基般硼化合物;氯化鋅、氯化錫 般金屬鹵化合物、 二氰二醯胺、胺與環氧樹脂之加成物般胺加成型促進 -61 - 200934859 劑等之高融點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑; 使4級鳞鹽等之表面以聚合物被覆的微膠囊型潛在性 硬化促進劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化劑促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布朗司特酸鹽般高溫解離型之熱陽離子 . 聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等。 0 〈環氧化合物&gt; 由對本發明之液晶配向劑的基板表面提升接著性觀點 可使用上述環氧化合物。 環氧化合物方面,例如乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、聚乙 二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、三丙二醇 二縮水甘油基醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊基乙二 醇二縮水甘油基醚、1,6 -己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、甘油二 縮水甘油基醚、2,2-二溴新戊基乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、 0 1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四縮水甘油 基-m-二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環 己烷、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四縮水甘油基_4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、 Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-苄基胺、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-胺基甲基 環己烷等爲較佳者。此等環氧化合物之使用比例,相對於 聚合物之合計(係指感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷及其他聚合 物之合計量。以下相同。)1〇〇重量份,較佳爲40重量份 以下,更佳爲〇 · 1〜3 0重量份。 -62- 200934859 &lt;官能性矽烷化合物&gt; 上述官能性矽烷化合物方面,例如3-胺基丙基三甲氧 基矽烷、3 -胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2 -胺基丙基三甲氧基 矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、n-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲 - 氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_脲基丙基三乙氧 . 基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-乙 〇 氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N -三乙氧基矽烷基 丙基三乙烯基、N-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基三乙烯基、10_三 甲氧基矽烷基-1,4,7 -三氮雜癸烷、10 -三乙氧基矽烷基_ 1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙 酸酯、9-三乙氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、N-苄 基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧 基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-雙(氧乙烯)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基 ® 矽烷、N-雙(氧乙烯)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。 此等官能性矽烷化合物之使用比例相對於聚合物之合 計1 00重量份,較佳爲4重量份以下。 &lt;界面活性劑&gt; 上述界面活性劑方面,例如非離子界面活性劑、陰離 子界面活性劑、陽離子界面活性劑、兩性界面活性劑、矽 酮界面活性劑、聚環氧烷界面活性劑、含氟界面活性劑等 -63- 200934859 本發明之液晶配向劑爲含有界面活性劑時,其含有比 例方面,相對於液晶配向劑的全體1 00重量份,較佳爲1 0 重量份以下,更較佳爲1重量份以下。 &lt;液晶配向劑&gt; . 本發明之液晶配向劑如上述,含感放射線性聚有機矽 氧烷爲必須成分,此外雖含其他因應需要的其他成分,較 〇 佳爲調製成各成分溶於有機溶劑之溶液狀組成物。 調製本發明之液晶配向劑可使用之有機溶劑,以溶解 感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷及任意使用之其他成分,且不與 此等反應者爲佳。 本發明之液晶配向劑可使用的適宜之有機溶劑因任意 添加之其他聚合物種類而異。 本發明之液晶配向劑爲含感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷以 及聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成群選出之至少1種之聚合物者 G 時,較佳有機溶劑,可舉如作爲聚醯胺酸之合成反應所用 者而在上述所例示之溶劑。於此,作爲在聚醯胺酸之合成 反應中可倂用者,亦可適宜選擇倂用所例示的貧溶劑。此 時可使用的特別佳之有機溶劑方面,如N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-丁內醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、ν,ν-二 甲基乙醯胺、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、乙二醇單甲基醚、 乳酸丁酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙 酸酯、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚、乙二醇-η-丙基醚、 乙二醇-i-丙基醚、乙二醇-η-丁基醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇 -64 - 200934859 二甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基酸、二 乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚 、二乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、 異戊基丙酸酯、異戊基異丁酸酯、二異戊基醒等。此等可 單獨使用,或2種以上混合使用。 . 另外’本發明之液晶配向劑係,作爲聚合物僅含感放 射線性聚有機矽氧烷者時,或爲含有感放射線性聚有機矽 © 也㈣ 機矽氧烷者時,較佳有機溶劑可舉例如1 - 乙氧基-2-丙醇 '丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單丙基醚、丙二 醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基醚、二丙二 醇乙基醚、二丙二醇丙基醚、二丙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇 單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、乙二醇單 丁基醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇單戊基醚、乙二醇單己基醚 、二乙二醇、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙 基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、甲基卡必醇、乙基 Φ 卡必醇、丙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙酸η-丙酯、乙酸i-丙酯、乙酸η-丁醋、乙酸i-丁酯、乙酸sec-丁酯、乙酸n-戊酯、乙酸sec-戊酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲基戊酯 、乙酸2-乙基丁酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸 η-己酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸辛酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸異戊基 等。其中較佳爲例如乙酸η-丙酯、乙酸i-丙酯、乙酸η-丁 酯、乙酸i-丁酯、乙酸sec-丁酯、乙酸η-戊酯、乙酸sec-戊酯等。 本發明之液晶配向劑中固形分濃度(液晶配向劑中的 -65- 200934859 溶劑以外成分的合計重量於液晶配向劑全重量佔有的比例 )係考量黏性、揮發性等而選定。較佳固形分濃度爲〗〜10 重量%之範圍。亦即,本發明之液晶配向劑雖塗佈於基板 表面,形成成爲液晶配向膜的塗膜,但固形分濃度未達1 重量%時,此塗膜膜厚變過小,難以得到良好液晶配向膜 . ,固形分濃度超過ίο重量%時,塗膜膜厚變過大,同樣難 以獲得良好液晶配向膜,另外,液晶配向劑之黏性增大會 0 成爲塗佈特性差者。 特別佳之固形分濃度之範圍,因在基板塗佈液晶配向 劑時所用方法而異。例如,旋轉塗佈法時爲1 . 5〜4.5重量 %之範圍特別佳。印刷法時,固形分濃度爲3〜9重量%之 範圍,因此,溶液黏度在12〜5 OmPa· s之範圍故特別佳。 使用噴墨法時,固形分濃度在1〜5重量%之範圍,藉此使 溶液黏度在3〜15mPa*s之範圍,特別佳。 調製本發明之液晶配向劑時之溫度,較佳爲〇°C〜 〇 200°c、更較佳爲 20°c 〜60°c。 &lt;液晶配向膜之形成方法&gt; 本發明之液晶配向劑,可適用於藉由光配向法形成液 晶配向膜用。 形成液晶配向膜之方法方面,例如於基板上塗佈本發 明之液晶配向膜以形成塗膜,接著於該塗膜經光配向法賦 予液晶配向能的方法。 首先’在設有圖案狀的透明導電膜之基板的透明導電 -66- 200934859 膜側,將本發明之液晶配向劑經由例如輥塗法、旋轉塗佈 法、印刷法、噴墨法等之適宜塗佈方法進行塗佈,例如在 40〜250 °C之溫度、〇.1〜120分鐘加熱以形成塗膜。塗膜 之膜厚,溶劑除去後之厚度,較佳爲0.001〜Ιμιη,更佳 爲 0.005 〜0·5μιη。 . 前述基板方面,例如可使用由浮法玻璃、鈉鈣玻璃般 玻璃、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚醚 〇 颯、聚碳酸酯、聚(脂環式烯烴)般塑膠所成之透明基板等 0 前述透明導電膜方面,可使用由Sn〇2所成之NESA 膜、In2 03-Sn02所成之ITO膜等。此等之透明導電膜之圖 案化,可使用光·蝕刻法或在形成透明導電膜時使用遮罩 之方法等。 接著,在前述塗膜照射直線偏光或經部分偏光的放射 線或無偏光之放射線,依情況進一步以1 5 0〜2 5 0 °C之溫度 Φ '較佳爲1〜120分鐘進行加熱處理,可成爲賦予液晶配 向能的液晶配向膜。於此,放射線方面,例如可使用含 150〜800nm波長之光的紫外線及可見光線,但以含300〜 4〇〇nm之波長的光之紫外線爲佳,以含300nm以上未達 3 6 5nm之波長的光之紫外線更佳。本發明之液晶配向劑, 不因波長365nm以上的長波長領域光而產生光反應,故可 無步驟上之不適而進行液晶面板之製造,另外,就算對於 液晶面板使用時之背光的光亦具有長期間安定性的優點。 放射線係直線偏光或部分偏光時,照射可從基板面垂 -67- 200934859 直的方向進行,爲了賦予預傾角,亦可由斜方向進行,另 外,亦可以此等組合進行。照射無偏光的放射線時,照射 的方向爲斜方向係必要的。 放射線的照射量方面,較佳爲 U/m2以上未達 10,000J/m2,更較佳爲1〇〜3,000J/m2。又,對由習知之液 . 晶配向劑所形成的塗膜,經由光配向法賦予液晶配向能時 ,10,OOOJ/m2以上的放射線照射量爲必要。然而使用本發 0 明之液晶配向劑,則光配向法時之放射線照射量在 3,0 00J/m2以下、進一·步在l,000J/m2以下亦可賦予良好液 晶配向性,消減液晶顯示元件製造花費。 &lt;液晶顯示元件之製造方法&gt; 使用本發明之液晶配向劑所形成之液晶顯示元件,可 如以下般製造。 如上述般,準備一對(2片)形成有液晶配向膜之基板 Φ ,並將此等所具有之液晶配向膜以照射直線偏光放射線的 偏光方向成特定角度之方式對向,將基板間的周邊部以密 封劑進行密封,並注入液晶、充塡,使液晶注入口封閉以 構成液晶晶胞。接著,使液晶晶胞加熱至所用液晶成爲等 方相的溫度爲止後,冷卻至室溫後,除去注入時之流動配 向爲佳。 接著,於其兩面,將偏光板以其偏光方向係與個別基 板的液晶配向膜之配向感應易軸(easy axis)成特定角度之 方式貼合,可成爲液晶顯示元件。 -68- 200934859 液晶配向膜爲水平配向性時,藉由調整在形成有液晶 配向膜的2片基板之照射直線偏光放射線的偏光方向所成 角度及個別基板與偏光板的角度,可得具TN型或STN型 液晶晶胞的液晶顯示元件。 另外,液晶配向膜爲垂直配向性時,以形成有液晶配 . 向膜的2片基板之配向感應易軸(easy axis of alignment) 的方向成爲平行之方式,構成晶胞,於此,使偏光板以該 © 偏光方向與配向感應易軸成45°角度之方式進行貼合, 可成爲具垂直配向型液晶晶胞的液晶顯示元件。 前述密封劑如可使用作爲間隔壁之含氧化鋁球及硬化 劑之環氧樹脂等。 前述液晶可使用如向列型液晶、層列相型液晶等。爲 TN型液晶晶胞或S TN型液晶晶胞時,以具正介電各向異 _ 性者爲佳,如可使用聯苯基系液晶、苯基環己烷系液晶、 酯系液晶、三聯苯基系液晶、聯苯基環己烷系液晶、嘧啶 ^ 系液晶、二噁烷系液晶、雙環辛烷系液晶、立方烷系液晶 等。又在前述液晶中,可使用如cholestyl chloride'膽固 醇基壬酸酯、膽固醇基碳酸酯等之膽固醇液晶;商品名Ο-ΐ 5 、 CB-1 5 (Merck 公司製 ) 之市 售手性 試劑; 可進一 步添加 P-癸氧基亞苄基-P-胺基-2 -甲基丁基肉桂酸酯等之強介電 性液晶等來使用。 另外,於垂直配向型液晶晶胞之情況’以具負介電各 向異性者之向列型液晶爲佳’如可使用二氰基苯系液晶、 噠嗪系液晶、希夫鹼系液晶、氧化偶氮基系液晶、聯苯基 -69- 200934859 系液晶、苯基環己烷系液晶等。 作爲於液晶晶胞外側所使用之偏光板,可舉如使聚乙 烯基醇延伸配向同時吸收碘之稱爲「Η膜」的偏光膜以乙 酸纖維素保護膜挾持的偏光板、或Η膜所成之偏光板等。 而且所製造的本發明之液晶顯示元件爲顯示特性、長 期信賴性等之諸性能優異者。 © 【實施方式】 實施例 以下、將本發明以實施例進一步具體説明,但本發明 不限於此等實施例。 以下實施例中,重量平均分子量係藉由以下條件之膠 體滲透層析法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算値。Ο (In the formula (5), r is an integer of 1 to 20^) In the synthesis of the compound and the polyamic acid represented by the formula (5), in addition to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be generally used, 尙 has α-terpinene. And a Diels-Alder reaction product of a conjugated double bond, such as a blisterene, and a Diels-Alder reaction product of maleic anhydride or such a hydride. For the above-mentioned curing catalyst, for example, a ruthenium fluoride compound, a phosphorus oxyfluoride compound, aluminum triacetonitrile or the like can be used. These catalysts can be thermally catalyzed by cationic polymerization of epoxy groups. The above hardening accelerator, for example, an imidazole compound; a 4-stage phosphorus compound; a 4-grade amine compound; 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 or an organic acid salt-like diazabicycloalkene thereof; Zinc octylate, tin octylate, aluminum acetyl acetonate complex organometallic compound; boron trifluoride, triphenyl boron compound of boric acid; zinc chloride, tin chloride-like metal halide compound, dicyandi A high-melting point-dispersion latent hardening accelerator for the addition of diamine, an amine, and an epoxy resin. The surface of the grade 4 scale salt is polymer-coated. Capsule-type latent hardening accelerator; amine salt-type latent hardener accelerator; Lewis acid, brown sulphate-like high-temperature dissociation type thermal cation. Polymeric latent hardening accelerator. <Epoxy compound> From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the substrate surface of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the above epoxy compound can be used. Examples of the epoxy compound, such as ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl Ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 0 1 ,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(Ν, Ν-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν', Ν'-tetraglycidyl _4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl Preferred are benzyl-benzylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-aminomethylcyclohexane and the like. The ratio of use of these epoxy compounds to the total of the polymers (refers to the total amount of the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane and other polymers. The same applies hereinafter.) 1 part by weight, preferably 40 parts by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight. -62- 200934859 &lt;Functional decane compound&gt; In terms of the above functional decane compound, for example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltrimethyl Oxydecane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, n-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3 -Aminopropylmethyldimethyl-methoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxy, decane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyl Trimethoxy decane, N-ethoxycarbonylcarbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxy decane, N-triethoxydecylpropyltrivinyl, N-trimethoxydecylpropyltri Vinyl, 10-trimethoxydecyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxydecyl-1,4,7-triazanonane, 9-trimethoxydecane Base-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, 9-triethoxydecyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Baseline, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-amine Propyltriethoxysilane Silane, N- bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyl trimethoxy Silane ®, N- bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyl triethoxy silane-like. The functional decane compound is used in a proportion of 100 parts by weight or less, preferably 4 parts by weight or less based on the total of the polymer. &lt;Interactive Agent&gt; For the above surfactant, for example, a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, an anthrone surfactant, a polyalkylene oxide surfactant, or the like Fluorine surfactant, etc. -63-200934859 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content ratio thereof is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, based on the total amount of the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is preferably 1 part by weight or less. &lt;Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the sensitized radiopolyorganosiloxane as an essential component as described above, and further contains other components which are required to be required, and is preferably prepared into components. A solution composition of an organic solvent. The organic solvent which can be used for the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared to dissolve the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane and other components which are used arbitrarily, and it is preferred that the reaction is not carried out. Suitable organic solvents which can be used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention vary depending on the type of other polymer to be added. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a polymer containing at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane and a polyamic acid and a polyimine, a preferred organic solvent is used as the organic solvent. The solvent exemplified above for the synthesis reaction of polylysine. Here, as a compound which can be used in the synthesis reaction of polylysine, the poor solvent exemplified above can be suitably selected and used. Particularly good organic solvents which can be used at this time, such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactam, N,N-dimethylformamide, ν, ν-di Methylacetamide, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxylate Propionate, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-butyl ether (butyl cellosolve Agent), ethylene glycol-64 - 200934859 dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl acid, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, Diisopentyl awake and so on. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferably an organic solvent when the polymer contains only a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, or when it contains a radiation-sensitive polyorganofluorene or a cyclopentane. For example, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol 'propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether, dipropylene glycol ethyl ether, Dipropylene glycol propyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl cellosolve), Ethylene glycol monopentyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, diethylene glycol, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propyl cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve Acetate, methyl carbitol, ethyl Φ carbitol, propyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, η-propyl acetate, i-propyl acetate, η-butyl vine acetate, acetic acid i- Butyl ester, sec-butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, sec-amyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl amyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, acetic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester, benzyl acetate, η-hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, octyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, and the like. Among them, preferred are, for example, η-propyl acetate, i-propyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, sec-butyl acetate, η-amyl acetate, sec-amyl acetate, and the like. The solid content concentration in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention (the ratio of the total weight of the components other than the solvent to the liquid crystal alignment agent in the -65 to 200934859 liquid crystal alignment agent) is selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, and the like. Preferably, the solid content concentration is in the range of 〜10% by weight. In other words, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the surface of the substrate to form a coating film which becomes a liquid crystal alignment film. However, when the solid content concentration is less than 1% by weight, the thickness of the coating film is too small, and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. When the solid content concentration exceeds ίο重量%, the thickness of the coating film becomes too large, and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. Further, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is increased to 0, which is a poor coating property. The range of particularly preferable solid content concentration varies depending on the method used when the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to the substrate. For example, the spin coating method is particularly preferably in the range of 1.5 to 4.5% by weight. In the printing method, the solid content concentration is in the range of 3 to 9 % by weight, and therefore, the solution viscosity is particularly preferably in the range of 12 to 5 OmPa·s. When the ink jet method is used, the solid content concentration is in the range of 1 to 5% by weight, whereby the viscosity of the solution is in the range of 3 to 15 mPa*s, particularly preferably. The temperature at which the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared is preferably 〇 ° C to 〇 200 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 60 ° C. &lt;Method of Forming Liquid Crystal Alignment Film&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be suitably used for forming a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method. In the method of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, for example, a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is applied onto a substrate to form a coating film, and then a method of imparting liquid crystal alignment energy to the coating film by photoalignment is employed. First, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to a film side of a transparent conductive-66-200934859 film having a patterned transparent conductive film, for example, by a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a printing method, an inkjet method, or the like. The coating method is applied, for example, at a temperature of 40 to 250 ° C for 1 to 120 minutes to form a coating film. The film thickness of the coating film and the thickness after removal of the solvent are preferably 0.001 to Ιμηη, more preferably 0.005 to 0.5 μm. For the above substrate, for example, glass such as float glass, soda lime glass, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether oxime, polycarbonate, poly (aliphatic ring) can be used. A transparent substrate made of a plastic such as an olefin is used. For the transparent conductive film, a NESA film made of Sn 2 or an ITO film made of In 2 03-SnO 2 can be used. For the patterning of the transparent conductive film, a light etching method or a method of using a mask when forming a transparent conductive film can be used. Next, the coating film is irradiated with linearly polarized light or partially polarized radiation or non-polarized radiation, and further heated at a temperature of Φ'1 to 150 °C, preferably 1 to 120 minutes, depending on the case. It is a liquid crystal alignment film which imparts liquid crystal alignment energy. Here, as the radiation, for example, ultraviolet light and visible light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm can be used, but ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 to 4 nm is preferable, and 300 nm or more is less than 3 5 5 nm. The ultraviolet light of the wavelength of light is better. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention does not cause photoreaction due to long-wavelength light having a wavelength of 365 nm or more, so that the liquid crystal panel can be manufactured without the step of discomfort, and the backlight of the liquid crystal panel has light. The advantage of long-term stability. When the radiation is linearly polarized or partially polarized, the irradiation may be performed in a straight direction from the substrate surface -67 to 200934859, and may be performed in an oblique direction in order to impart a pretilt angle, or may be performed in combination. When the non-polarized radiation is irradiated, the direction of the irradiation is necessary in the oblique direction. The irradiation amount of the radiation is preferably less than 10,000 J/m2 in U/m2 or more, more preferably 1 to 3,000 J/m2. In addition, when the liquid crystal alignment energy is imparted to the coating film formed by the conventional liquid alignment agent, the amount of radiation irradiation of 10,000 J/m 2 or more is necessary. However, when the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used, the radiation exposure amount in the photo-alignment method is 3,00 J/m 2 or less, and the liquid crystal alignment property can be imparted to the liquid crystal display element in the step of 1,000 J/m 2 or less. Manufacturing costs. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; The liquid crystal display element formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be produced as follows. As described above, a pair of (two sheets) of the substrate Φ on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and the liquid crystal alignment films which are provided are opposed to each other such that the polarization direction of the linearly polarized radiation is at a specific angle, and the inter-substrate is The peripheral portion is sealed with a sealant, and liquid crystal is injected and filled, so that the liquid crystal injection port is closed to constitute a liquid crystal cell. Next, the liquid crystal cell is heated until the liquid crystal used has reached the isothermal phase, and after cooling to room temperature, the flow alignment at the time of injection is preferably removed. Then, on both sides, the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal alignment film at a specific angle with respect to the alignment axis of the liquid crystal alignment film of the individual substrate, and can be a liquid crystal display element. -68- 200934859 When the liquid crystal alignment film is horizontally oriented, the TN can be obtained by adjusting the angle of the polarization direction of the linear polarized radiation irradiated to the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed and the angle between the individual substrate and the polarizing plate. A liquid crystal display element of a type or STN type liquid crystal cell. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment film has a vertical alignment property, the direction of the easy axis of alignment of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is parallel to form a unit cell, and thus the polarized light is formed. The board is bonded to the alignment sensing easy axis by an angle of 45°, and can be a liquid crystal display element having a vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell. As the sealant, for example, an epoxy resin containing alumina balls and a hardener as a partition wall can be used. As the liquid crystal, for example, a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic phase liquid crystal, or the like can be used. When it is a TN type liquid crystal cell or a S TN type liquid crystal cell, it is preferable to use a positive dielectric anisotropy, and for example, a biphenyl liquid crystal, a phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, or an ester liquid crystal can be used. A terphenyl group liquid crystal, a biphenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, a pyrimidine liquid crystal, a dioxane liquid crystal, a bicyclooctane liquid crystal, a cuba liquid crystal, or the like. Further, in the liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal such as cholestyl chloride 'cholesteryl phthalate or cholesteryl carbonate; a commercially available chiral reagent of the trade name Ο-ΐ 5 and CB-1 5 (manufactured by Merck); Further, a ferroelectric liquid crystal such as P-decyloxybenzylidene-P-amino-2-methylbutylcinnamate or the like can be further added. Further, in the case of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell, it is preferable to use a nematic liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy, such as a dicyanobenzene liquid crystal, a pyridazine liquid crystal, or a Schiff base liquid crystal. An azo-based liquid crystal, a biphenyl-69-200934859-based liquid crystal, a phenylcyclohexane-based liquid crystal, or the like. The polarizing plate used for the outer side of the liquid crystal cell may be a polarizing plate or a ruthenium film which is held by a cellulose acetate protective film, which is a polarizing film called a "ruthenium film" which is obtained by stretching a polyvinyl alcohol while absorbing iodine. Become a polarizing plate, etc. Further, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention produced is excellent in performance such as display characteristics and long-term reliability. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. In the following examples, the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene-converted oxime determined by colloidal osmosis chromatography under the following conditions.

管柱:東曹(股)製、TSKgelGRCXLII 溶劑:四氫呋喃 Ο 溫度:4 0 °C 壓力:68kgf/cm2 環氧當量以JIS C2 105之“鹽酸-甲基乙基酮法”爲準進 行測定。 以下之合成例係因應需要重複下述之合成路徑,確保 以後之合成例及實施例所使用之必要量的生成物。 &lt;具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷之合成&gt; 合成例1 (1) -70- 200934859 於具備攪拌機、溫度計、滴下漏斗及迴流冷卻管的反 應容器中,加入2-(3,4 -環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基砍院 lOO.Og、甲基異丁基酮500g及三乙基胺i〇.〇g,在室溫進 行混合。接著,使去離子水l〇〇g以滴下漏斗花30分鐘滴 下後,在迴流下邊混合,邊以80 °C進行6小時反應。反應 完畢後’取出有機層’以0 · 2重量%硝酸銨水溶液洗至洗 淨後水呈中性爲止後,在減壓下將溶劑及水餾去,得到具 Q 有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1之黏稠透明液體。 關於此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1,進行1H-NMR分析,在 化學位移(δ) = 3·2ΡΡιη附近,得到如理論強度之環氧基的波 峰,確認反應中無環氧基之副反應。 此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1之黏度、Mw及環氧當量如第 1表。 合成例1(2)及1(3) 0 除添加原料如第1表所示以外,與合成例1 (1)同樣地 分別得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-2及3之黏稠透 明液體。 此等之聚有機矽氧烷之Mw及環氧當量如第1表。 合成例1(4) 於具備攪拌機及溫度計之反應容器中’加入異丙醇 I50g、氫氧化四甲基銨之1〇重量%水溶液5.4g(含氫氧化 四甲基錢5.93mm〇l及水270mmol。)及水12g後,緩緩添 -71 - 200934859 加γ -環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基政院42.5g(180mmol),在室 溫繼續攪拌20小時以進行反應。 反應完畢後’於反應混合物中加入甲苯200g,在減壓 下除去異丙醇。關於殘存物,使用分液漏斗將反應溶液以 蒸餾水洗淨。重複以蒸餾水洗至分液漏斗水層成爲中性爲 、 止後’取出有機層’以無水硫酸鈉脫水後,藉由在減壓下 餾去甲苯,得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-4。 0 此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-4之重量平均分子量Mw及環氧 當量如第1表。 又,第1表中’原料矽烷化合物之簡稱分別爲以下之 含意。 ECETS: 2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 MTMS :甲基三甲氧基矽烷 PTMS:苯基三甲氧基矽烷 GPTMS : 3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 -72- 200934859Column: Tosoh Co., Ltd., TSKgelGRCXLII Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Ο Temperature: 40 ° C Pressure: 68 kgf/cm 2 The epoxy equivalent is determined by the "hydrochloric acid-methyl ethyl ketone method" of JIS C2 105. In the following synthesis examples, the following synthesis routes are repeated as necessary to ensure the necessary amount of products used in the subsequent synthesis examples and examples. &lt;Synthesis of polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group&gt; Synthesis Example 1 (1) -70- 200934859 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux cooling tube, 2-(3, 4) was added. - Epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy chopped 100.Og, methyl isobutyl ketone 500g and triethylamine i.g., mixed at room temperature. Next, deionized water was added dropwise to the funnel for 30 minutes, and then mixed under reflux to carry out a reaction at 80 ° C for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the 'extracted organic layer' was washed with 0.2% by weight aqueous ammonium nitrate solution until the water was neutralized, and then the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a polyorgano group having an epoxy group having Q. A viscous transparent liquid of the oxime EPS-1. About this polyorganooxane EPS-1, 1H-NMR analysis was carried out, and a peak of an epoxy group having a theoretical strength was obtained in the vicinity of a chemical shift (δ) = 3·2 ΡΡιη, and it was confirmed that there was no epoxy group side reaction in the reaction. . The viscosity, Mw and epoxy equivalent of this polyorganooxynonane EPS-1 are shown in Table 1. Synthesis Example 1 (2) and 1 (3) 0 In the same manner as in the synthesis example 1 (1), the polyorganosiloxanes EPS-2 and 3 having an epoxy group were obtained, except that the materials to be added were as shown in the first table. Viscous transparent liquid. The Mw and epoxy equivalents of these polyorganosiloxanes are as shown in Table 1. Synthesis Example 1 (4) In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 5.4 g of an aqueous solution of isopropanol I 50 g and tetramethylammonium hydroxide in an amount of 5.4 wt% (containing tetramethylammonium hydroxide 5.93 mm〇l and water) After 270 mmol of water and 12 g of water, 41-5 g (180 mmol) of γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxylamine was added slowly, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 20 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, 200 g of toluene was added to the reaction mixture, and isopropyl alcohol was removed under reduced pressure. With respect to the residue, the reaction solution was washed with distilled water using a separatory funnel. The mixture was washed with distilled water until the aqueous layer of the separatory funnel became neutral, and then the organic layer was taken out and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then toluene was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. EPS-4. 0 The weight average molecular weight Mw and epoxy equivalent of the polyorganooxynonane EPS-4 are as shown in Table 1. Further, the abbreviations of the raw material decane compounds in the first table are as follows. ECETS: 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane MTMS: methyltrimethoxydecane PTMS: phenyltrimethoxydecane GPTMS: 3-oxyglycidylpropyltrimethoxydecane -72- 200934859

mlifl _ ff ter]/ Ό 00 Ο 228 m m PK 醛 ϋΐ) Mw o (N &lt;N 2,500 2,000 3,000 00 Η CL, 〇 Ο Ο 42.5 Ο I &lt;n PTMS o ο Ο κη Η o Ο ο Μ ECETS o § ο Sir _、踩 EPS-1 EPS-2 EPS-3 EPS-4 /—V g δ ^ρ &lt;π &lt;π &lt;Π &lt;Π -73 200934859 [上述式(2)所表示之化合物之合成] 合成例2 (1 ) 依下述路徑Mlifl _ ff ter] / Ό 00 Ο 228 mm PK aldoxime) Mw o (N &lt; N 2,500 2,000 3,000 00 Η CL, 〇Ο Ο 42.5 Ο I &lt;n PTMS o ο Ο κη Η o Ο ο Μ ECETS o § ο Sir _, tread EPS-1 EPS-2 EPS-3 EPS-4 /—V g δ ^ρ &lt;π &lt;π &lt;Π &lt;Π -73 200934859 [The compound represented by the above formula (2) Synthesis] Synthesis Example 2 (1) According to the following path

0 CICO0 CICO

C2F5-C3H6-OH + 〇 c2f5-c3h6-ocoC2F5-C3H6-OH + 〇 c2f5-c3h6-oco

ο η2νο η2ν

CH=CH—COOHCH=CH—COOH

C2F5—ΟβΗρ—OCO ο CH=CH—COOH (2-1-1) 合成化合物(2-1-1)。 (化合物(2-l-l A)之合成) 於具備溫度計及滴下漏斗之5〇〇mL節 4,4,5,5,5-五氟戊醇18g、三乙基胺n. 5〇mL並冰冷。於此,將置入滴下漏斗的£ 化物21g及四氫呋喃200mL所成之溶液花 ’進一步攪拌2小時以進行反應。反應完 乙酸乙醋5〇〇mL及水5〇〇mL後進行分液 多燒瓶中,加入 g及四氫呋喃 丨偏苯三酸酐氯 3 0分以上滴下 S後,藉由加入 將有機層以硫 -74- 200934859 酸鎂乾燥、濃縮,以乙酸乙酯及己烷之混合溶劑進行再結 晶,得到化合物(2 -1 -1 A) 2 9 g。 (化合物(2-1-1)之合成) 將上述所得化合物(2-l-lA)28g、4 -胺基桂皮酸13g及 . 乙酸150mL置於2小時迴流下,進行反應。反應完畢後, . 使反應混合物以乙酸乙酯進行萃取,萃取液以水洗淨,以 〇 硫酸鎂乾燥後,經矽膠管柱進行純化,進一步藉由以乙醇 及四氫呋喃所成之混合溶劑進行再結晶,而得到化合物(2_ 1 -1)之結晶(純度9 8.0 %) 1 8 g。 合成例2(2) 依下述路徑 ❹ -75- 200934859C2F5—ΟβΗρ—OCO ο CH=CH—COOH (2-1-1) The compound (2-1-1) was synthesized. (Synthesis of compound (2-ll A)) 5 〇〇 mL section 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentanol 18 g, triethylamine n. 5 〇mL with ice cream and dropping funnel and ice-cold . Here, the solution of 21 g of the dropping funnel and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran was further stirred for 2 hours to carry out a reaction. After the reaction of 5 〇〇mL of ethyl acetate and 5 〇〇mL of water, the liquid mixture was mixed, and g and tetrahydrofuran oxime trimellitic anhydride chlorine were added for 30 minutes or more. After S was added, the organic layer was added with sulfur-74-200934859. The magnesium sulfate was dried, concentrated, and recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and hexane to give compound (2 -1 -1 A) 2 9 g. (Synthesis of Compound (2-1-1)) 28 g of the above-obtained compound (2-l-1A), 13 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid and 150 mL of acetic acid were placed under reflux for 2 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then purified on a silica gel column, and further purified by a solvent mixture of ethanol and tetrahydrofuran. Crystallization gave the crystal of the compound (2-1 -1) (purity 9 8.0 %) 1 8 g. Synthesis Example 2(2) According to the following path ❹ -75- 200934859

化合物(2-4A)之合成 具備溫度計及滴下漏斗的UOOmL之茄形燒瓶,加入 膽甾烷醇3 9g、三乙基胺mg及甲苯200mL,進行冰冷 。於此’將置入滴下漏斗的由偏苯三酸酐氯化物21g及四 氫呋喃200mL所成之溶液花3 0分以上進行滴下,進一步 2小時攪拌下進行反應。反應完畢後,加入甲苯5 OOmL及 水500mL後進行分液,將有機層以硫酸鎂乾燥、濃縮,進 —步以乙酸乙酯與己烷之混合溶劑進行再結晶以得到化合 物(2-4A)48g 。 -76- 200934859 化合物(2-4)之合成 混合上述所得化合物(2-4A)46g、4-胺基桂皮酸1 3g及 乙酸300mL ’於2小時迴流下,進行反應。反應完畢後, 使反應混合物以乙酸乙酯進行萃取,使有機層以水洗淨, 以硫酸鎂乾燥後’經矽膠管柱進行純化,進一步以乙酸乙 酯與己烷所成之混合溶劑進行再結晶而得到化合物(2_4)之 結晶(純度9 8 . 1 %) 2 0 g。 合成例2(3) 依下述路徑Synthesis of Compound (2-4A) A UOOmL eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel was placed, and 3 9 g of cholalkanol, mg of triethylamine and 200 mL of toluene were added thereto, followed by ice cooling. Here, the solution of 21 g of trimellitic anhydride chloride and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran placed in the dropping funnel was dropped for 30 minutes or more, and the reaction was further carried out under stirring for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, 500 mL of toluene and 500 mL of water were added, and the mixture was separated, and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then recrystallized from a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to give compound (2-4A). 48g. -76-200934859 Synthesis of Compound (2-4) 46 g of the obtained compound (2-4A), 13 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid and 300 mL of acetic acid were mixed under reflux for 2 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then purified on a hydrazine column and further mixed with ethyl acetate and hexane. Crystallization gave the crystal of the compound (2_4) (purity 98.1%) 20 g. Synthesis Example 2(3) according to the following path

HOHO

COOHCOOH

COOH 二乙基苯 reflux, 1 hrCOOH diethylbenzene reflux, 1 hr

CH=CH 一 COOH THF refluxCH=CH a COOH THF reflux

CH=CH—COOH (2-6-1A) K2C03 CF3C3H6-I O CF3C3H6-Ov^^^^ o CH=CH—COOH (2-6-1) -77- 200934859 ’合成化合物(2-6 -1 )。 (化合物(2-6-1 A)之合成) 於具備Dean-Stark管的300mL三口燒瓶,加入5 -羥 基苯二甲酸18g及二乙基苯i〇〇mL’於1小時迴流下進行 - 反應。接著,於此追加4-胺基桂皮酸16g、三乙基胺 . 42mL及四氫呋喃lOOmL後在1〇小時迴流下進行反應。反 〇 應完畢後,於反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯進行萃取,使萃 取'液以稀鹽酸及水依序洗淨,接著以硫酸鎂乾燥、濃縮後 ’以乙酸乙酯進行再結晶,以得到化合物(2 - 6 - 1 A ) 1 4 g。 (化合物(2-6-1)之合成) 於具備滴下漏斗之3 OOmL之茄形燒瓶中加入上述所得 . 化合物(2-6-lA)12g及N,N-二甲基乙醯胺70mL,在室溫進 行1小時攪拌。接著,於此將4,4,4-三氟-1-碘丁烷1 lg及 ^ N,N_二甲基乙醯胺30mL花30分以上進行滴下,直接在室 溫進行8小時反應。反應完畢後,於反應混合物中加入乙 酸乙酯進行萃取,將萃取液以水進行3次洗淨,接著以硫 酸鎂乾燥、濃縮後,以矽膠管柱純化,進一步以乙醇進行 再結晶’而得到化合物(2-6-1)之結晶12g。 [上述式(3)所表示之化合物之合成] 合成例3 ( 1) 依下述路徑 -78- 200934859 0?ΝCH=CH—COOH (2-6-1A) K2C03 CF3C3H6-I O CF3C3H6-Ov^^^^ o CH=CH—COOH (2-6-1) -77- 200934859 'Synthetic compound (2-6 -1 ). (Synthesis of Compound (2-6-1 A)) In a 300 mL three-necked flask equipped with a Dean-Stark tube, 18 g of 5-hydroxyphthalic acid and diethylbenzene 〇〇mL' were added under reflux for 1 hour. . Next, 16 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid, triethylamine, 42 mL, and 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added thereto, and the reaction was carried out under reflux for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture for extraction, and the extract liquid was washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid and water, then dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethyl acetate. Compound (2 - 6 - 1 A ) 1 4 g. (Synthesis of Compound (2-6-1)) The above obtained product was added to a 300 mL flask containing a dropping funnel. Compound (2-6-lA) 12 g and N,N-dimethylacetamide 70 mL, Stirring was carried out for 1 hour at room temperature. Next, 30 mL of 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-iodobutane 1 lg and ^N,N-dimethylacetamide were added dropwise for 30 minutes or more, and the reaction was carried out directly at room temperature for 8 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture for extraction, and the extract was washed three times with water, followed by drying over magnesium sulfate, concentration, purification on a silica gel column, and recrystallization from ethanol. The crystal of the compound (2-6-1) was 12 g. [Synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (3)] Synthesis Example 3 (1) According to the following route -78- 200934859 0?Ν

CH=CH—COOH SOCI2CH=CH—COOH SOCI2

〇2N CH=CH—COCI (3-1A) c2f5-c3h6-oh ❹ 〇2NO- CH=CH—COO—C3H6-C2F5 (3-1B) SnCI2 H2N—^=\_CH=CH-CO〇-C3H6-C2F5 '~~' (3-1C)〇2N CH=CH—COCI (3-1A) c2f5-c3h6-oh ❹ NO2NO- CH=CH—COO—C3H6-C2F5 (3-1B) SnCI2 H2N—^=\_CH=CH-CO〇-C3H6- C2F5 '~~' (3-1C)

❿ o 一COO—C3H6-C2F5 (3-1) 合成化合物(3 -1) (化合物(3-1B)之合成) 於具備迴流管的3 00mL之茄形燒瓶中加. 皮酸19g、亞硫醯氯l〇〇mL及N,N-二甲基甲| 在80°C進行1小時反應。反應後,在減壓下將 去’加入二氯甲烷而得到有機層,使此有機層 、4-硝基桂 !胺 50μί, 亞硫醯氯餾 以碳酸氫鈉 -79- 200934859 水溶液洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥,進行濃縮後,加入四氫呋喃 而得到化合物(3 -1 A)之四氫呋喃溶液。 接著’於與上述不同的 500mL三口燒瓶中加入 4,4,5,5,5-五氟戊醇18g、三乙基胺1 l.lg及四氫呋喃 100mL。使此溶液冰冷,於此將上述化合物(3-1 A)之四氫 , 呋喃溶液緩緩滴下,進一步攪拌2小時以進行反應。反應 完畢後’使以乙酸乙酯萃取所得之萃取液以硫酸鎂乾燥, Q 進行濃縮後,以乙醇進行再結晶,而得到化合物(3 -1 B)之 結晶2 9 g。 (化合物(3 -1 C)之合成) 在具備溫度計及氮導入管之30 OmL之三口燒瓶中加入 上述所得化合物(3-lB)28g、氯化錫2水和物181g及乙醇 3 00inL,在7(TC攪拌1小時以進行反應。反應完畢後,將 反應混合物注入於冰水,以2M之氫氧化鈉水溶液中和, 0 添加乙酸乙酯後除去沈澱物。接著,於濾液添加乙酸乙酯 進行萃取。使此萃取液進行水洗,以硫酸鎂乾燥、濃縮、 乾固,而得到化合物(3-lC)20g。 (化合物(3-1)之合成) 於具備迴流管及氮導入管之200mL之茄形燒瓶中加入 上述所得化合物(3-lC)16g、偏苯三酸酐9.6g及乙酸 1 5 OmL,1小時迴流下進行反應。反應完畢後,使反應混 合物以乙酸乙酯進行萃取。將此萃取液進行水洗,以硫酸 -80- 200934859 鎂乾燥後,濃縮、乾固,以乙酸乙酯及己烷所成之混合溶 劑進行再結晶,而得到化合物(3-1)之白色結晶(純度 9 8.0 %) 1 8 g 〇 &lt;其他聚合物之合成&gt; . [聚醯胺酸之合成] 合成例P A - 1 Q 使作爲四羧酸二酐之均苯四甲酸二酐l〇9g(0.50莫耳 當量)及1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐98g(0.50莫耳當量)以 及作爲二胺之4,4-二胺基二苯基醚200g(1.0莫耳當量)溶 於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,290g,在40°C進行3小時反應後 ’追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮l,3 5 0g而得到含聚醯胺酸(PA-1) 1 0重量%的溶液約4,0 0 0 g。此聚醯胺酸溶液之溶液黏度 爲 2 1 OmP a * s。 〇 合成例PA-2 使作爲四羧酸二酐之1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 98g(0.50莫耳當量)及均苯四甲酸二酐109g(〇.5〇莫耳當量 )以及作爲二胺之4,4,-二胺基二苯基甲烷198g(1.0莫耳當 量)溶於N-甲基-2-啦略垸酮2,290g,在40。(:進行3小時反 應後’追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮l,3 50g而得到含聚醯胺酸 (PA-2)10重量%的溶液約4,〇〇〇g。此聚醯胺酸溶液之溶液 黏度爲135mPa.s。 -81 - 200934859 合成例PA-3 使作爲四殘酸—肝之1,2,3,4.環丁烷四羧酸二酐 196g(l.〇吴耳虽里)及作爲一胺之4,4,_二胺基二苯基醚 2〇〇g(1.〇莫耳當量)溶於N_甲基-2_耻咯院酮'Μ”,在 4〇t進行4小時反應後,追加N_甲基_2_吡咯烷酮丨,^“ 而得到含聚酿胺酸(PA-3H0重量%的溶液約3,95〇g。此聚 醯胺酸溶液之溶液黏度爲220mPa.s。 合成例PA-4 使作爲四竣酸一肝之丨,2,3,々-環丁院四竣酸二肝 196g(1.〇莫耳當量)及作爲二胺之2,2,_二甲基_4,4,_二胺基 聯苯212g(1.0莫耳當量)溶於N_甲基_2_吡略烷酮4,〇5〇g, 在4〇°C進行3小時反應而得到含聚醯胺酸(pA 4)1〇重量% 的溶液3,700g。此聚醯胺酸溶液之溶液黏度爲i7〇mPa.s 〇 合成例PA-5 使作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5 -三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 224g(l.〇莫耳當量)及作爲二胺之44’_二胺基二苯基醚 200g(l.〇莫耳當量)溶於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,404g,在 4 0 °C進行4小時反應而得到含聚醯胺酸(p a - 5 ) 1 5重量%的 溶液約2,800g。 將此聚醯胺酸溶液少量分取出,加入N -甲基· 2 -吡咯 烷酮作爲聚合物濃度1 0重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度爲 -82- 200934859 190mPa*s ° [聚釀亞fee之合成] 合成例PI-1 使作爲四殘酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 • 112以0.50莫耳)及1,3,3&amp;,4,5,913-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5- 二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[丨一^卜呋喃-丨,3二酮丨57g(〇 5〇莫耳 〇 )以及作爲二胺之P-苯二胺95g(0.88莫耳)、2,2-二三氟甲 基-4,4-二胺基聯苯32g(〇.1()莫耳)、36_雙(4_胺基苄氧基) 膽留院6.4g(0.010莫耳)及十八烷氧基·2,5_二胺基苯 4.0g(0.015莫耳)溶於Ν_甲基_2_吡咯烷酮960g,在6(TC進 行9小時反應。將所得聚醯胺酸溶液少量分取出,添加 N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮成爲聚合物濃度1 〇重量%之溶液所測 定之溶液黏度爲58 mP a.s。 於所得聚醯胺酸溶液中加入N -甲基-2 -吡咯烷酮 6 2,740g、吡啶396g及乙酸酐409g,在110。(:進行4小時脫 水閉環反應。脫水閉環反應後,藉由將系内溶劑以新的 N-甲基-2 -吡咯烷酮進行溶劑取代(藉由本操作,使脫水閉 環反應使用的吡啶及乙酸酐排除至系外。以下相同。)’ 得到含醯亞胺化率約95%之聚醯亞胺(PI-】)〗5重量%的溶 液約 2,5 0 0 g。 使此聚醯亞胺溶液少量分取出’以減壓除去溶劑後溶 於γ -丁內酯作爲聚合物濃度8.0重量%之溶液所測定之溶 液黏度爲33mPa.s。 -83- 200934859 合成例PI-2 使作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5_三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 112§(0.50旲耳)及1,3,3&amp;,4,5,91)-六藝-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-一氧-3-呋喃基)奈並[i,2_c]呋喃·ι,3_二酮157g(0.50莫耳) • 、作爲二胺之P-苯二胺96g(〇.89莫耳)、雙胺基丙基四甲 基二矽氧烷25g(0.10莫耳)及3,6_雙(4_胺基芣氧基)膽甾烷 0 13§(〇.〇2〇莫耳)以及作爲單胺之N_十八烷基胺8.1g(0.030 莫耳)溶於N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮960g,在60 °C進行6小時反 應。將所得聚醯胺酸溶液少量分取出,添加N -甲基-2 -吡 咯烷酮成爲聚合物濃度1 〇重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度 爲 60mPa.s 。 接著’於所得聚醯胺酸溶液追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 2,700g,並添加吡啶396g及乙酸酐409g後在110°C進行4 小時脫水閉環反應。脫水閉環反應後,將系内溶劑以新的 Φ N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑取代而得到含醯亞胺化率約 95%之聚醯亞胺(Pi-2)15重量%的溶液約2,400g。 使此聚醯亞胺溶液少量分取出,添加N-甲基-2-吡咯 烷酮作爲聚合物濃度6.0重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度 爲 1 8 m P a · s。 合成例PI-3 使作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 224g(1.0莫耳)以及作爲二胺之P-苯二胺l〇7g(0.99莫耳) -84 - 200934859 及3,6 -雙(4 -胺基苄氧基)膽甾烷643g(〇〇1〇莫耳)溶於&amp; 甲基-2-吡咯烷酮3,〇39g,在6〇t:進行6小時反應而得到 含聚醯胺酸10重量%的溶液。此聚醯胺酸之溶液黏度爲 2 6 OmP a·s 〇 接著’於所得聚醯胺酸溶液追加N_甲基_2_吡咯烷酮 • 2,700g’添加啦陡396g及乙酸酐306g後在11〇。〇進行4 小時脫水閉環反應。脫水閉環反應後,將系内溶劑以新的 © N-甲基批咯烷酮進行溶劑取代而得到含醯亞胺化率約 89%之聚醯亞胺(Ρΐ-3)9·0重量%的溶液約3,500g。 使此聚醯亞胺溶液少量分取出,添加N -甲基-2 -吡咯 烷酮作爲聚合物濃度5.0重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度 爲 74mPa.s。 合成例PI-4 使作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5 -三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 φ 1 12g(0.50 莫耳)及 1,3,3&amp;,4,5,91)-六氫-8-甲基-5(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮157g(0.50莫耳 )以及作爲二胺之P-苯二胺89g(0_82莫耳)、2,2’-二三氟甲 基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯32g(0.10莫耳)、1-(3,5-二胺基苄氧基 )-4-(4-三氟甲基苄氧基)-環己烷25g(0.0 5 9莫耳)及十八烷 氧基-2,5-二胺基苯4.0g(0.011莫耳)溶於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮2,175g,在60°C進行6小時反應而得到含聚醯胺酸的溶 液。將所得聚醯胺酸溶液少量分取出,添加N-甲基-2·吡 略烷酮成爲聚合物濃度重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度 -85- 200934859 爲 1 1 OmPa · s 〇 於所得聚醯胺酸溶液之l,5 00g ’追加N-甲基-2-吡咯 烷酮3,000g,添加吡啶221g及乙酸酐228g後在110°C進 行4小時脫水閉環反應。脫水閉環反應後’將系内溶劑以 新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑取代而得到含醯亞胺化 率約92%之聚醯亞胺(PI-4)10重量%的溶液約4,000g。 使此聚醯亞胺溶液少量分取出,添加N-甲基-2-吡咯 0 烷酮作爲聚合物濃度4.5重量%之溶液所測定之溶液黏度 爲 2 8 mP a · s。 [其他聚矽氧烷之合成] 合成例PS-1 於具備冷卻管的200mL之三口燒瓶中加入四乙氧基矽 烷20.8g及1-乙氧基_2·丙醇28.2g,加熱至60°C並攪拌。 於此,加入在容量20mL之另外的燒瓶中調製的使馬來酸 0 酐0.26g溶於水10.8g之馬來酸酐水溶液,在60°C進一步 加熱4小時、並攪拌以進行反應。從所得反應混合物餾去 溶劑,加入1-乙氧基-2-丙醇,再度濃縮而得到含1〇重量 %聚有機矽氧烷PS-1的聚合物溶液。PS-1之重量平均分 子量Mw爲5,1 00。 &lt;感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷之合成&gt; 實施例ArIE-1 於具備迴流管的200mL2三口燒瓶中加入上述合成例 -86- 200934859 1(1)所得具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1: 5.0g、作爲 桂皮酸衍生物(1)之上述合成例 2(1)所得化合物(2-1-1)6.7g(對於具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷之環氧基相當 5 0mol%。)及四丁基溴化銨0.5g,使固形分濃度成爲20重 量%之方式添加N,N-二甲基乙醯胺,在120 °C進行1〇小時 . 反應。反應完畢後,加入甲醇使沈澱生成,使此沈澱物溶 於乙酸乙酯所得之溶液進行3次水洗後,餾去溶劑而得到 ❹ 感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷S-ArIE-Ι之白色粉末8.4g。感 放射線性聚有機矽氧烷S-ArIE-Ι之重量平均分子量Mw爲 28,1 00 ° 實施例ArIE-2〜1 3 上述實施例ArIE-Ι中,具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷 . 之種類以及桂皮酸衍生物(1)之種類及量如第2表記載相同 外,與實施例ArIE-Ι同樣地實施,分別合成感放射線性 Ο 聚有機矽氧烷S-ArIE-2〜S-ArIE-13。此等感放射線性聚 有機矽氧烷之重量平均分子量Mw如第2表。 又,在實施例ArIE-6及7,分別使用2種類的桂皮酸 衍生物(1)。 另外,第2表中,桂皮酸衍生物(1)之「使用量」係指 相對於具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷之環氧基的比例。 -87- 200934859 Qό 撇CN濉 祕 m 1 丨 Mw 1 〇 〇 CO (N 35,000 | 27,500 1 27,200 I 27,800 | 28,300 〇 CN 00 &lt;N 30,000 I 27,600 | 29,900 I 27,000 | 26,500 26,900 | 嵌 骧 运 險 名稱 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-2 S-ArIE-3 S-ArIE-4 S-ArIE-5 S-ArIE-6 S-ArIE-7 S-ArIE-8 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-10 S-ArIE-11 j S-ArIE-12 | S-ArIE-13 i /—S 使用量 (莫耳%) JO § o m 種類 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-6-1 &lt;N 2-6-1 叮 (N 1 m 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 m s ig mmm 喊 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-2 EPS-3 EPS-4 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-2 EPS-3 EPS-4 | 實施例ArIE-1 1 實施例ArIE-2 | 實施例ArIE-3 | 實施例ArIE-4 | 實施例ArIE-5 實施例ArIE-6 實施例ArIE-7 | 實施例Ai:IE-8 I 實施例Arffi-9 | 實施例ArIE-10 | 實施例ArIE-11 | 實施例ArIE-12 | 實施例ArIE-13 -88- 200934859 &lt;液晶配向劑的調製及保存安定性之評恬&gt; 實施例ArIE-14 混合上述實施例ArIE-1所得感放射線性聚有機矽氧 烷S-ArIE-Ι之1〇〇重量份、與作爲其他聚合物使含上述 合成例PA-1所得聚醯胺酸PA-1的溶液成爲換算爲PA-1 相當2,000重量份的量,於此加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮及 丁基溶纖劑,溶劑組成成爲N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮:丁基溶 p 纖劑=5 0 : 50(重量比)、固形分濃度爲3.0重量%之溶液。 藉由使此溶液以孔徑1 μιη之過濾器進行過濾,調製液 晶配向劑A-ArIE-1。 將此液晶配向劑Α-ArIE-l以-15°C保存6個月。於保 存前及後於2 5 t經由E型黏度計進行黏度測定。溶液黏度 保管前後的變化率未達1 〇%者,保存安定性爲「良」、 1 〇%以上者,保存安定性爲「不良」,而液晶配向劑 A-ArIE-Ι之保存安定性爲「良」。 Φ 實施例ArIE-15〜31及33〜52 上述實施例ArIE-14中,使感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷 之種類以及其他聚合物之種類及量分別如第3表記載般外 ,與實施例ArIE-14同樣地實施,分別調製液晶配向劑A_ ArIE-2〜A-18及A-ArIE-20〜39。關於各液晶配向劑,與 實施例ArIE-14同樣地調查之保存安定性的評估結果如第 3表。 -89- 200934859 實施例ArIE-3 2 取作爲其他聚合物,使含上述合成例PS-1所得其他 聚矽氧烷PS-1的溶液換算爲PS-1相當於500重量份之量 ,於此加入上述實施例ArIE-Ι所得感放射線性聚有機矽 氧院S-ArIE-Ι : 100重量份,進一步添加1-乙氧基-2 -丙醇 . 做成固形分濃度4.0重量%之溶液。藉由使此溶液以孔徑 1 μιη之過濾器進行過濾,調製液晶配向劑A-ArlE- 1 9。 Q 關於此液晶配向劑A-ArIE-19,與實施例ArIE-14同 樣地,調査之保存安定性之評估結果如第3表。 實施例ArIE-53 上述實施例ArIE-32中,取代感放射線性聚有機矽氧 烷S-ArIE-Ι,使用上述實施例ArIE-9所得感放射線性聚 有機矽氧烷S-ArIE-9之1 00重量份外,與實施例ArIE-32 同樣地、調製液晶配向劑Α-ΑγΙΕ-40,調查保存安定性。 Φ 保存安定性之評估結果如第3表。 實施例ArIE-54〜57 上述實施例ArIE-14中,使其他聚合物之種類及量如 第3表記載般、進一步在第3表記載的環氧化合物如第3 表的量使用外,與實施例ArIE-14同樣地、分別調製液晶 配向劑 A-ArIE-41 〜A-ArIE-44。 關於此等之液晶配向劑,分別與實施例ArlE- 1 4同樣 地調查之保存安定性之評估結果如第3表。 -90- 200934859 又,第3表中,環氧化合物之簡稱「E-l」及「E-2 分別爲下述式(E-1)或(E-2)所表示之化合物。❿ o A COO-C3H6-C2F5 (3-1) Synthetic compound (3 -1) (Synthesis of compound (3-1B)) Added to a 300 mL eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a reflux tube. 9 g of citric acid, sulfurous acid醯Chlorinium chloride and N,N-dimethylforma were reacted at 80 ° C for 1 hour. After the reaction, the organic layer was obtained by adding 'dichloromethane under reduced pressure, and the organic layer was washed with an aqueous solution of 4-nitro sulphate: 50 μί, sulphur sulphate and sodium bicarbonate-79-200934859. After drying over magnesium sulfate and concentration, tetrahydrofuran was added to obtain a tetrahydrofuran solution of the compound (3 -1 A). Next, 18 g of 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentanol, 18 ml of triethylamine and 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran were placed in a 500 mL three-necked flask different from the above. This solution was ice-cooled, and the tetrahydrogen and furan solution of the above compound (3-1 A) was gradually dropped, and further stirred for 2 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the extract obtained by extraction with ethyl acetate was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethanol to obtain crystals of compound (3 -1 B) of 2 9 g. (Synthesis of Compound (3 -1 C)) Into a 30 mL flask equipped with a thermometer and a nitrogen introduction tube, 28 g of the compound (3-lB), 181 g of tin chloride, and 301 g of ethanol were added. 7 (TC was stirred for 1 hour to carry out the reaction. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, neutralized with a 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and ethyl acetate was added to remove the precipitate. Then, ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate. The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and dried to give 20 g of compound (3-lC). (Synthesis of compound (3-1)) 200 mL of reflux tube and nitrogen inlet tube 16 g of the obtained compound (3-lC), 9.6 g of trimellitic anhydride, and 150 mL of acetic acid were added to the eggplant-shaped flask, and the reaction was carried out under reflux for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After washing with water, it is dried with sulfuric acid-80-200934859 magnesium, concentrated, dried, and recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and hexane to obtain white crystals of compound (3-1) (purity 9 8.0 %). ) 1 8 g 〇&lt; Synthesis of Other Polymers &gt; [Synthesis of Polyamide] Synthesis Example PA - 1 Q The pyromellitic dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride l 9g (0.50 mole equivalent) and 1,2, 3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 98 g (0.50 molar equivalent) and 4,4-diaminodiphenyl ether as a diamine 200 g (1.0 molar equivalent) dissolved in N-methyl-2 - 2,290 g of pyrrolidone, after reacting for 3 hours at 40 ° C, 'addition of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 1,350 g to obtain a solution containing 10% by weight of polyglycine (PA-1) of about 4, 0 0 0 g. The solution viscosity of this polyaminic acid solution is 2 1 OmP a * s. 〇 Synthesis Example PA-2 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 98 g (0.50 molar equivalent) of dianhydride and 109 g (〇.5〇 molar equivalent) of pyromellitic dianhydride and 198 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane as diamine Dissolved in N-methyl-2-lahydrofurfurone 2,290 g at 40. (: After 3 hours of reaction, 'addition of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 1, 3 50 g to obtain poly-proline (PA- 2) 10% by weight of the solution is about 4, 〇〇〇g. The solution viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution is 135 mPa.s. -81 - 200934859 Synthesis Example PA-3 is used as a tetrahydro acid-hepatic 1,2,3,4 cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 196g (l. 〇 耳 耳) and 4,4,-diamine as a monoamine Diphenyl ether 2〇〇g (1. 〇 molar equivalent) is dissolved in N_methyl-2_zzarol ketone 'Μ", after 4 hours of reaction at 4 〇t, additional N_methyl _ 2_pyrrolidone oxime, ^" and obtained a solution containing poly-aracine (PA-3H0% by weight of about 3,95 〇g. The solution viscosity of this polyaminic acid solution was 220 mPa.s. Synthetic example PA-4 was used as tetraterpene acid-hepatic sputum, 2,3, 々-cyclobutanine tetradecanoic acid di-hepatic 196 g (1. 〇 molar equivalent) and 2,2,_dimethyl diamine as diamine 212 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of the base 4,4,-diaminobiphenyl was dissolved in N-methyl 2 -pyrrolidone 4, 〇 5 〇 g, and reacted at 4 ° C for 3 hours to obtain A solution containing 3,700 g of polyhydric acid (pA 4) in an amount of 1% by weight. The solution viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution is i7〇mPa.s 〇 Synthesis Example PA-5 224g of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride (l. Equivalent) and 2,404 g of 44-diaminodiphenyl ether as a diamine dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and reacted at 40 ° C for 4 hours. A solution containing 15% by weight of poly-proline (pa - 5 ) was about 2,800 g. The polyamic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and the solution viscosity of the solution obtained by adding N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a polymer concentration of 10% by weight was -82-200934859 190 mPa*s ° [Juyue Fee Synthesis] Synthesis Example PI-1 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as a tetra-residual dianhydride • 112 at 0.50 mol) and 1,3,3&, 4,5,913-hexahydrogen -8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[indenyl]furan-oxime, 3dione oxime 57g (〇5〇莫耳〇) As a diamine, P-phenylenediamine 95g (0.88 moles), 2,2-ditrifluoromethyl-4,4-diaminobiphenyl 32g (〇.1() molar), 36_double ( 4_Aminobenzyloxy) 6.4 g (0.010 mol) and octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene 4.0 g (0.015 mol) dissolved in Ν_methyl_2_pyrrolidone 960g, reacted at 6 (TC for 9 hours. The solution obtained by taking a small amount of the obtained polyaminic acid solution and adding N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to a polymer concentration of 1 〇% by weight has a solution viscosity of 58 mP as Adding N 2 -methyl-2-pyrrolidone 6 2,740 g, pyridine 396 g and acetic anhydride 409 g to the obtained polyamic acid solution. 110. (: 4 hours dehydration ring closure reaction. After dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent is replaced by a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solvent (by this operation, the pyridine and B used in the dehydration ring closure reaction) The acid anhydride is excluded from the system. The following is the same.) 'A polyacetamide (PI-) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 95% is obtained, and a solution of 5% by weight is about 2,500 g. A small amount of the amine solution was taken out. The solution viscosity after dissolving the solvent under reduced pressure and dissolved in γ-butyrolactone as a polymer concentration of 8.0% by weight was 33 mPa·s. -83- 200934859 Synthesis Example PI-2 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride of carboxylic acid dianhydride 112 § (0.50 旲 ear) and 1,3,3 &, 4,5,91)-six art-8-methyl-5- (tetrahydro-2,5-monooxy-3-furanyl)naphtho[i,2_c]furan·ι,3-dione 157g (0.50 mol) • P-phenylenediamine as a diamine 96g ( 〇.89 moles), bisaminopropyltetramethyldioxane 25g (0.10 mole) and 3,6-bis(4-aminooxy) cholestane 0 13§(〇.〇 2〇莫耳) and N_octadecylamine as a monoamine 8.1g (0.030 mole) Dissolved in 960 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and reacted at 60 ° C for 6 hours. The obtained polyaminic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to have a polymer concentration of 1% by weight. The solution viscosity measured by the solution was 60 mPa.s. Then, 2,700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and 396 g of pyridine and 409 g of acetic anhydride were added, followed by a dehydration ring-closure reaction at 110 ° C for 4 hours. After the dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent in the internal solvent is substituted with a new Φ N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a solution of 15% by weight of polyimine (Pi-2) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 95%. About 2,400g. The polyimine solution was taken in a small amount, and the solution viscosity of the solution of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a polymer concentration of 6.0% by weight was determined to be 1 8 m P a · s. Synthesis Example PI-3 224 g (1.0 mol) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and P-phenylenediamine 10 g (0.99 mol) as a diamine ) -84 - 200934859 and 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzyloxy)cholestane 643g (〇〇1〇莫耳) dissolved in & methyl-2-pyrrolidone 3, 〇39g, at 6〇 t: A reaction was carried out for 6 hours to obtain a solution containing 10% by weight of polyglycine. The viscosity of the solution of the poly-proline is 2 6 OmP a·s 〇 then 'addition of N_methyl_2_pyrrolidone to the obtained poly-proline solution 2. 2,700g' added 396g and 306g of acetic anhydride at 11〇 . 〇 Perform a 4 hour dehydration ring closure reaction. After the dehydration ring-closing reaction, the solvent in the internal solvent was substituted with a new N-methyl-perfluoroalkanone to obtain a polyimine (Ρΐ-3) 9·0 wt% containing a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 89%. The solution is about 3,500 g. The polyiminoimine solution was taken out in small portions, and the solution viscosity of the solution of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a polymer concentration of 5.0% by weight was 74 mPa·s. Synthesis Example PI-4 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride φ 1 12g (0.50 mol) and 1,3,3&amp;, 4,5,91) as tetracarboxylic dianhydride Hexahydro-8-methyl-5(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione 157 g (0.50 mol) And as a diamine P-phenylenediamine 89g (0_82 mole), 2,2'-ditrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 32g (0.10 mole), 1- (3, 5-diaminobenzyloxy)-4-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)-cyclohexane 25g (0.05 9 moles) and octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene 4.0 g (0.011 mol) was dissolved in 2,175 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the reaction was carried out at 60 ° C for 6 hours to obtain a polyglycine-containing solution. The obtained polyamic acid solution is taken out in small portions, and the solution viscosity of the solution obtained by adding N-methyl-2·pyrrolidone to a polymer concentration by weight is -85-200934859 is 1 1 OmPa · s. 1,500 g of the proline solution was added 3,000 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and 221 g of pyridine and 228 g of acetic anhydride were added, followed by a dehydration ring-closure reaction at 110 ° C for 4 hours. After the dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent in the internal solvent was replaced with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a solution containing 10% by weight of polyamidimide (PI-4) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 92%. 4,000g. A small amount of this polyimine solution was taken out, and the solution viscosity of the solution of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a polymer concentration of 4.5% by weight was determined to be 2 8 mP a · s. [Synthesis of Other Polyoxane] Synthesis Example PS-1 20.8 g of tetraethoxysilane and 28.2 g of 1-ethoxy-2-propanol were added to a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a cooling tube, and heated to 60°. C and stir. Here, a maleic anhydride aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 0.26 g of maleic acid anhydride in 10.80 g of water, which was prepared in a separate flask having a volume of 20 mL, was further heated at 60 ° C for 4 hours, and stirred to carry out a reaction. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction mixture, and 1-ethoxy-2-propanol was added thereto, followed by concentration again to obtain a polymer solution containing 1% by weight of polyorganooxane PS-1. The weight average molecular weight Mw of PS-1 is 5,100. &lt;Synthesis of Radiation-Radio Polyorganooxane&gt; Example ArIE-1 In a 200 mL 2 three-necked flask equipped with a reflux tube, the polyorganooxyl group having the epoxy group obtained in the above Synthesis Example-86-200934859 1 (1) was added. Alkane EPS-1: 5.0 g, 6.7 g of the compound (2-1-1) obtained in the above Synthesis Example 2 (1) as the cinnamic acid derivative (1) (for the epoxy of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group) The base is equivalent to 50 mol%.) and 0.5 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide, and N,N-dimethylacetamide is added so that the solid content concentration is 20% by weight, and the reaction is carried out at 120 ° C for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, methanol was added to form a precipitate, and the solution obtained by dissolving the precipitate in ethyl acetate was washed with water three times, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain a white powder of a sensitized radioactive polyorganosiloxane S-ArIE-indole. 8.4g. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane S-ArIE-Ι is 28,100 ° Examples ArIE-2 to 1 3 In the above embodiment ArIE-Ι, a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group The type and amount of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) and the amount of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) were the same as in the second table, and were synthesized in the same manner as in the example ArIE-Ι, and the synthetic radiation Ο polyorganosiloxane (S-ArIE-2) was synthesized. S-ArIE-13. The weight average molecular weight Mw of these sensitizing radiopolyorganosiloxanes is as shown in Table 2. Further, in the examples ArIE-6 and 7, two types of cinnamic acid derivatives (1) were used. In the second table, the "usage amount" of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) means the ratio of the epoxy group to the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. -87- 200934859 Qό 撇CN濉秘 m 1 丨Mw 1 〇〇CO (N 35,000 | 27,500 1 27,200 I 27,800 | 28,300 〇CN 00 &lt;N 30,000 I 27,600 | 29,900 I 27,000 | 26,500 26,900 | S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-2 S-ArIE-3 S-ArIE-4 S-ArIE-5 S-ArIE-6 S-ArIE-7 S-ArIE-8 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-10 S-ArIE-11 j S-ArIE-12 | S-ArIE-13 i /—S Usage (mol%) JO § om Type 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-1-1 2-1 -1 2-1-1 2-6-1 &lt;N 2-6-1 叮(N 1 m 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 2-6-1 Ms ig mmm shout EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-2 EPS-3 EPS-4 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-3 EPS-4 | Example ArIE-1 1 EXAMPLES ArIE-2 | EXAMPLES ArIE-3 | EXAMPLES ArIE-4 | EXAMPLES ArIE-5 EXAMPLES ArIE-6 EXAMPLES ArIE-7 | EXAMPLES Ai: IE-8 I EXAMPLES Arffi-9 | EXAMPLES ArIE-10 | EXAMPLES ArIE-11 | EXAMPLES ArIE-12 | EXAMPLES ArIE-13 -88- 200934859 &lt;Evaluation of Modulation and Preservation Stability of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agents&gt; Examples ArIE-14 Mixing the above Examples ArIE-1 obtained radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, S-ArIE-Ι1 part by weight, and In the other polymer, the solution containing the polyamic acid PA-1 obtained in the above-mentioned Synthesis Example PA-1 is added in an amount of about 2,000 parts by weight in terms of PA-1, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and butyl cellosolve are added thereto. The solvent was made into a solution of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone: butyl-soluble p-fibrid = 50:50 (weight ratio) and a solid concentration of 3.0% by weight. The solution was filtered through a filter having a pore size of 1 μm. The liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArIE-1 was prepared. The liquid crystal alignment agent Α-ArIE-1 was stored at -15 ° C for 6 months, and the viscosity was measured by an E-type viscometer at 25 t before and after storage. If the rate of change before and after the storage of the solution viscosity is less than 1%, the storage stability is "good" or more than 1%, the storage stability is "poor", and the storage stability of the liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArIE-Ι is "good". Φ Examples ArIE-15 to 31 and 33 to 52 In the above-described Example ArIE-14, the types and amounts of the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane and the types and amounts of other polymers were as described in Table 3, respectively. Example ArIE-14 was similarly applied to prepare liquid crystal alignment agents A_ArIE-2 to A-18 and A-ArIE-20 to 39, respectively. The evaluation results of the storage stability investigated in the same manner as in Example ArIE-14 for each liquid crystal alignment agent are shown in Table 3. -89- 200934859 Example ArIE-3 2 The amount of the solution containing the other polyoxyalkylene PS-1 obtained in the above-mentioned Synthesis Example PS-1 was converted to the amount of PS-1 equivalent to 500 parts by weight. The above-mentioned Example Arie-Ι obtained radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane S-ArIE-Ι: 100 parts by weight, and further added 1-ethoxy-2-propanol. A solution having a solid concentration of 4.0% by weight was obtained. The liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArlE-1 was prepared by filtering this solution through a filter having a pore size of 1 μm. Q The liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArIE-19 was evaluated in the same manner as in the example ArIE-14, and the evaluation results of the storage stability were as shown in Table 3. EXAMPLES ArIE-53 In the above example ArIE-32, a substituted radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane, S-ArIE-oxime, using the radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane S-ArIE-9 obtained in the above Example ArIE-9 The liquid crystal alignment agent Α-ΑγΙΕ-40 was prepared in the same manner as in Example ArIE-32 except for 100 parts by weight, and the storage stability was examined. Φ The evaluation results of preservation stability are shown in Table 3. Example ArIE-54 to 57 In the above-described Example ArIE-14, the type and amount of the other polymer are used as described in the third table, and the epoxy compound described in the third table is used in the amount of the third table, and Example ArIE-14 The liquid crystal alignment agents A-ArIE-41 to A-ArIE-44 were separately prepared in the same manner. With respect to these liquid crystal alignment agents, the evaluation results of the storage stability investigated in the same manner as in the example ArlE-1, respectively, are shown in Table 3. Further, in the third table, the abbreviations "E-l" and "E-2" of the epoxy compound are each a compound represented by the following formula (E-1) or (E-2).

Ο 〇Ο 〇

(E — 2) -91 - 200934859 οο 嗽e搬 保存 安定性 n^ 征( &lt;Π 使用量 (重量份) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 m m 種類 1 1 1 1 ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 其他聚合物 使用量 (重量份) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 500 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 種類 PA-1 PA-2 PA-3 PA-4 PA-5 PA-4 PA-4 PI-1 PI-2 PI-3 PI-4 PA-4 PA-4 1 PA-4 1 PA-4 感放射線性 聚有機矽氧烷 種類 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-2 S-ArIE-3 S-ArIE-4 S-ArIE-5 液晶配向劑 名稱 A-ArIE-1 A-ArIE-2 A-ArIE-3 A-ArIE-4 A-ArIE-5 A-ArIE-6 A-ArIE-7 A-ArIE-8 A-ArIE-9 A-ArIE-10 A-ArIE-11 A-ArIE-12 A-ArIE-13 A-ArIE-14 A-ArIE-15 實施例ArIE-14 1 實施例ArIE-15 | 實施例ArIE-16 | 實施例Arffi-17 | 實施例ArIE-18 | 實施例ArIE-19 I 實施例ArIE-20 | 實施例ArIE-21 | 實施例ArIE-22 | 實施例ArIE-23 | 實施例ArIE-24 實施例ArIE-25 | 實施例ArIE-26 | 實施例ArIE-27 實施例ArIE-28 -92- 200934859 ο0 (驅)谳£:濉 保存 安定性 π^ 賊 n^ -2¾ •n^ 使用量 (重量份) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 祕 m 種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 其他聚合物 使用量 違量份) 1 2,000 2,000 2,000 〇 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 〇 »ri 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 種類 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PS-1 PA-1 PA-2 PA-3 PA-4 PA-5 PA-4 PA-4 1 PI-1 1 PI-2 PI-3 PI-4 議! S-ArIE-6 S-ArIE-7 S-ArIE-8 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 液晶配向劑 名稱 A-ArIE-16 A-ArIE-17 A-ArIE-18 A-ArIE-19 A-ArIE-20 A-ArIE-21 A-ArIE-22 A-ArIE-23 A-ArIE-24 A-ArIE-25 A-ArIE-26 A-ArIE-27 A-ArIE-28 A-ArIE-29 A-ArIE-30 實施例Arffi-29 | 實施例Arffi-30 實施例ArIE-31 實施例ArIE-32 [實施例ArIE-33 | 實施例ArtE-34 | 實施例ArIE-35 實施例Arffi-36 | 實施例ArIE-37 『實施例ArIE-38 | 實施例ArIE-39 Γ 實施例ArIE-4〇 | 實施例ArIE-41 | 實施例ArIE-42 | 實施例ArIE-43 -93- 200934859 οό §撇e派 保存 安定性 {1¾ Π2( 鬆 &lt;Π r^&gt; 使用量 (重量份) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 200 200 祕 m 種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ώ ώ (N ώ (N ώ 其他聚合物 使用量 (重量份) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 i 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 〇 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 種類 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PS-1 PI-5 PI-5 PI-7 1 PI-7 i iH ; 1给驟' S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-10 S-ArIE-11 S-ArIE-12 S-ArIE-13 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 液晶配向劑 名稱 A-ArIE-31 A-ArIE-32 A-ArIE-33 A-ArIE-34 A-ArIE-35 A-ArIE-36 A-ArIE-37 A-ArIE-38 A-ArIE-39 A-ArIE-40 A-ArIE-41 A-ArIE-42 A-ArIE-43 A-ArIE-44 實施例ArIE-44 | 實施例ArIE-45 I 實施例ArIE-46 | 實施例ArIE-47 | 實施例ArIE-48 實施例ArIE-49 實施例ArIE-50 實施例ArIE-51 實施例ArIE-52 | 實施例ArIE-53 | 實施例ArIE-54 | 實施例ArIE-55 f 實施例ArIE-56 實施例ArIE-57 -94- 200934859 實施例ArIE-58 &lt;TN配向型液晶顯示元件之製造&gt; 將上述實施例ArIE-14所調製之液晶配向劑A-ArIE-1 ,於附ITO膜所成之透明電極玻璃基板的透明電極面上’ 使用旋轉塗佈進行塗佈,在80°c加熱板上進行1分鐘預烘 . 烤後,藉由以1 8 0 °C進行1小時加熱,而形成膜厚〇 . 1 μ m 之塗膜。在此塗膜表面,使用Hg-Xe燈及Glan-Taylor稜 0 鏡,藉由使含313nm之亮線的偏光紫外線1,000J/m2從基 板法線傾斜40°方向進行照射,而賦予液晶配向能以形 成液晶配向膜。 重複上述相同操作,製作1對(2片)於透明導電膜面 上具液晶配向膜之玻璃基板。 在此1對基板之分別形成液晶配向膜面的周圍部,使 含直徑5 · 5 μιη氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂接著劑經網版印刷進行 塗佈後,以偏光紫外線照射方向成爲直交之方式將基板重 0 疊並壓著’在1 5 〇 t花1小時加熱俾接著劑熱硬化。接著 ,於基板間隙從液晶注入口注入正型向列型液晶(Merck公 司製、MLC-622 1、含有手性試劑)、進行塡充後,以環氧 系接著劑密封液晶注入口。進一步,爲除去液晶注入時之 流動配向’將其在150 °C進行10分鐘加熱後緩慢冷卻至室 溫。接著’於基板之外側兩面,使偏光板以其偏光方向相 互垂直’且與液晶配向膜之偏光方向平行之方式進行貼合 ,而製造TN配向型液晶顯示元件。 關於此等液晶顯示元件,藉由以下方法進行評估。評 -95- 200934859 估結果如第4表。 &lt;液晶顯示元件之評估&gt; (1) 液晶配向性之評估 有關上述所製造之液晶顯示元件,以光學顯微鏡觀察 , 以5V電壓進行ON · OFF(外加·解除電壓)時之明暗變化中 異常區域之有無,無異常區域時,爲「良」。 〇 (2) 電壓維持率之評估 於上述所製造之液晶顯示元件,以外加5V電壓、60 微秒的時間,以1 67毫秒之間距外加後,測定解除外加電 壓後1 67毫秒後之電壓維持率。電壓維持率之測定裝置係 使用(股)TOYO Corporation 製、VHR-1。 « (3) 燒附之評估 # 於上述所製造之液晶顯示元件,使重疊直流5V之 30Hz、3V的矩形波在60°C環境溫度施加2小時,使剛切 斷直流電壓後之液晶晶胞内所殘留之電壓以 Flicker minimizing Method 求出殘留 DC 電壓。 實施例ArIE-59〜74 作爲液晶配向劑,分別使用第4表所示者外’與上述 實施例ArIE-58同樣地製作TN配向型液晶顯示元件’並 進行評估。結果如第4表。 -96- 200934859 第4表 液晶配向劑 (名稱) TN配向型液晶顯示元件 液晶 配向性 電壓 維持率 (%) 燒附 (mV) 實施例ArIE-58 A-ArIE-1 良 98 12 實施例AriE-59 A-ArIE-2 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-60 A-ArIE-3 良 98 13 實施例ArIE-61 A-ArIE-4 良 98 12 實施例AriE-62 A-ArIE-5 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-63 A-ArIE-6 良 98 15 實施例ArIE-64 Α-ΑγΙΕ-7 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-65 A-ArIE-8 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-66 A-ArIE-9 良 98 13 實施例ArIE-67 A-ArIE-10 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-68 Α-ΑγΙΕ-11 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-69 A-ArIE-12 良 98 14 實施例ArIE-70 A-ArIE-13 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-71 A-ArIE-14 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-72 A-ArIE-15 良 98 12 實施例ArIE-73 A-ArIE-18 良 98 15 實施例ArIE-74 A-ArIE-19 良 98 12(E — 2) -91 - 200934859 οο 嗽eReserving the stability of the n^ sign ( &lt;Π Usage (parts by weight) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mm Type 1 1 1 1 ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Other polymer usage (parts by weight) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 PA-1 PA-2 PA-3 PA-4 PA- 5 PA-4 PA-4 PI-1 PI-2 PI-3 PI-4 PA-4 PA-4 1 PA-4 1 PA-4 Radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane species S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE -1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE -2 S-ArIE-3 S-ArIE-4 S-ArIE-5 Liquid Crystal Alignment Name A-ArIE-1 A-ArIE-2 A-ArIE-3 A-ArIE-4 A-ArIE-5 A-ArIE- 6 A-ArIE-7 A-ArIE-8 A-ArIE-9 A-ArIE-10 A-ArIE-11 A-ArIE-12 A-ArIE-13 A-ArIE-14 A-ArIE-15 Example ArIE- 14 1 Example ArIE-15 | Example ArIE-16 | Example Arffi-17 | Example ArIE-18 | Example ArIE-19 I Example ArIE-20 | Example ArIE-21 | Example ArIE-22 | EXAMPLES ArIE-23 | EXAMPLES ArIE-24 EXAMPLES ArIE-25 | EXAMPLES ArIE-26 | EXAMPLE A rIE-27 Example ArIE-28 -92- 200934859 ο0 (Drive) 谳£:濉Save stability π^ Thief n^ -23⁄4 •n^ Usage (parts by weight) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 Secret m Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 Other polymer usage infringement) 1 2,000 2,000 2,000 〇 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 〇»ri 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PS-1 PA-1 PA-2 PA-3 PA-4 PA-5 PA-4 PA-4 1 PI-1 1 PI-2 PI-3 PI-4 Discussion! S-ArIE-6 S-ArIE-7 S-ArIE-8 S-ArIE-1 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 Liquid Crystal Alignment Name A-ArIE-16 A-ArIE-17 A-ArIE-18 A-ArIE-19 A -ArIE-20 A-ArIE-21 A-ArIE-22 A-ArIE-23 A-ArIE-24 A-ArIE-25 A-ArIE-26 A-ArIE-27 A-ArIE-28 A-ArIE-29 A - ArIE-30 Example Arffi-29 | Example Arffi-30 Example ArIE-31 Example ArIE-32 [Example ArIE-33 | Example ArtE-34 | Example ArIE-35 Example Arffi-36 | Implementation Example ArIE-37 "Example ArIE-38 | Example ArIE-39 实施 Example ArIE-4〇 | Example ArIE-41 | Example ArIE-42 | Example ArIE-43 -93- 200934859 οό §撇e Preservation stability {13⁄4 Π2 (loose &lt;Π r^&gt; Usage (parts by weight) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 200 200 Secret m Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ώ ώ (N ώ (N ώ Other polymer usage (parts by weight) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 i 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PI-4 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PA-4 PS-1 PI-5 PI-5 PI-7 1 PI-7 i iH ; 1 to the 'S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-10 S-ArIE-11 S-ArIE-12 S-ArIE-13 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 S-ArIE-9 Liquid crystal alignment agent name A-ArIE-31 A-ArIE-32 A-ArIE-33 A-ArIE-34 A -ArIE-35 A-ArIE-36 A-ArIE-37 A-ArIE-38 A-ArIE-39 A-ArIE-40 A-ArIE-41 A-ArIE-42 A-ArIE-43 A-ArIE-44 Implementation Example ArIE-44 | Example ArIE-45 I Example ArIE-46 | Example ArIE-47 | Example ArIE-48 Example ArIE-49 Example ArIE-50 Example ArIE-51 Example ArIE-52 | Example ArIE-53 | Example ArIE-54 | Example ArIE-55 f Example ArIE-56 Example ArIE-57-94-200934859 Example ArIE-58 &lt;Manufacturing of TN-Aligned Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArIE-1 prepared in ArIE-14 was coated on a transparent electrode surface of a transparent electrode glass substrate made of an ITO film by spin coating, and was applied on a hot plate at 80 ° C. 1 minute pre-bake. After baking, a coating film having a film thickness of 1 μm was formed by heating at 180 ° C for 1 hour. On the surface of the coating film, an Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan-Taylor prism were used to impart a liquid crystal alignment by irradiating a polarized ultraviolet light of 313 nm with a polarized ultraviolet light of 1,000 J/m 2 in a direction inclined by 40° from the substrate normal. It can form a liquid crystal alignment film. The same operation as above was repeated to prepare a pair of (two) glass substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film on the surface of the transparent conductive film. The peripheral portion of the liquid crystal alignment film surface is formed on each of the pair of substrates, and the epoxy resin adhesive containing the alumina sphere having a diameter of 5 · 5 μm is applied by screen printing, and then the direction of the polarized ultraviolet light is orthogonal. The substrate was stacked at a weight of 0 and pressed with 'heating at 15 〇t for 1 hour. Then, a positive nematic liquid crystal (manufactured by Merck & Co., Ltd., MLC-622 1, containing a chiral agent) was injected from the liquid crystal injection port, and the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive. Further, in order to remove the flow alignment at the time of liquid crystal injection, it was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes and then slowly cooled to room temperature. Then, the polarizing plates were bonded to each other on the outer surfaces of the substrate so that the polarizing directions were perpendicular to each other and parallel to the polarizing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film, thereby producing a TN alignment type liquid crystal display device. Regarding these liquid crystal display elements, evaluation was performed by the following method. Commentary -95- 200934859 The results are estimated as shown in Table 4. &lt;Evaluation of liquid crystal display element&gt; (1) Evaluation of liquid crystal alignment property The liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above was observed by an optical microscope, and was abnormally changed in brightness and darkness when ON/OFF (applied/released voltage) was performed at a voltage of 5 V. If there is no area, there is no abnormal area, it is "good". 〇(2) The voltage maintenance rate was evaluated by adding the voltage of 5V and 60 microseconds to the liquid crystal display element manufactured above, and after adding the distance of 167 milliseconds, the voltage was maintained after 167 milliseconds after the applied voltage was released. rate. The measuring device for the voltage maintenance rate was used by VYO-1 manufactured by TOYO Corporation. « (3) Evaluation of the burnt-out liquid crystal display element manufactured by the above, the rectangular wave of 30 Hz and 3 V of overlapping DC of 5 V is applied at an ambient temperature of 60 ° C for 2 hours so that the liquid crystal cell immediately after the DC voltage is cut off The residual voltage is determined by the Flicker minimizing method. (Examples) ArIE-59 to 74 were used as liquid crystal alignment agents, and TN alignment type liquid crystal display elements were produced and evaluated in the same manner as in the above-described Example ArIE-58, as shown in the fourth table. The results are as shown in Table 4. -96- 200934859 Table 4 Liquid crystal alignment agent (name) TN alignment type liquid crystal display element Liquid crystal alignment voltage maintenance ratio (%) Burning (mV) Example ArIE-58 A-ArIE-1 Good 98 12 Example AriE- 59 A-ArIE-2 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-60 A-ArIE-3 Good 98 13 Example ArIE-61 A-ArIE-4 Good 98 12 Example AriE-62 A-ArIE-5 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-63 A-ArIE-6 Good 98 15 Example ArIE-64 Α-ΑγΙΕ-7 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-65 A-ArIE-8 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-66 A-ArIE-9 Good 98 13 EXAMPLES ArIE-67 A-ArIE-10 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-68 Α-ΑγΙΕ-11 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-69 A-ArIE-12 Good 98 14 Example ArIE-70 A-ArIE-13 Good 98 12 EXAMPLES ArIE-71 A-ArIE-14 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-72 A-ArIE-15 Good 98 12 Example ArIE-73 A-ArIE-18 Good 98 15 Example ArIE-74 A-ArIE- 19 good 98 12

實施例ArIE-75 &lt;垂直配向型液晶顯示元件之製造&gt; 使上述實施例ArIE-29所調製之液晶配向劑 A-ArIE-16,於附IT Ο膜所成之透明電極玻璃基板的透明電極面上 ,使用旋轉塗佈進行塗佈,在80°C加熱板上進行1分鐘預 烘烤後,在庫内以氮取代之烤箱中,以200°C進行1小時 -97- 200934859 加熱(後烘烤)’形成膜厚Ο.ίμιη之塗膜。接著於此塗膜表 面,使用Hg-Xe燈及Glan-Taylor稜鏡,使含313nm之亮 線的偏光紫外線l,000〗/m2從基板法線傾斜40。的方向照 射得到液晶配向膜。重複相同操作,製作一對(2片)具液 晶配向膜的基板。 . 於上述基板中1片之具液晶配向膜的面外周,使含直 _ 徑5 · 5 μιη氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂接著劑經網版印刷進行塗佈 〇 後’使1對之基板的液晶配向膜面對向,使對各基板紫外 線的光軸之基板面的投影方向成逆平行之方式進行壓著, 在1 5 0 °c花1小時使接著劑熱硬化。接著,從液晶注入口 於基板間之間隙,塡充負型液晶(Merck公司製MLC-6608) 後’以環氧系接著劑密封液晶注入口。進一步,爲除去液 晶注入時之流動配向,將此在150°C加熱1〇分鐘後緩慢冷 卻至室溫。接著,於基板之外側兩面,藉由使偏光板以其 偏光方向相互垂直,且與液晶配向膜之紫外線光軸之對基 © 板面的投影方向成45。角度之方式進行貼合,以製造垂 直配向型液晶顯示元件。 關於此垂直配向型液晶顯示元件之液晶配向性、電壓 維持率及燒附,如同實施例ArIE-5 8同樣地進行評估外, 預傾角及耐熱性則遵照下述方法進行評估。全部之評估結 果如第5表。 (4)預傾角之評估 有關上述所製造之液晶顯示元件,根據Τ. J. Scheffer -98- 200934859 et. al. J· Appl. Phys. vol. 19,p2013(1980)所記載之方法, 使用He-Ne雷射光,經結晶旋轉法,測定預傾角。 (5)耐熱性之評估 使上述液晶配向膜形成的後烘烤溫度設爲2 5 0 °C外, . 與上述同樣地進行液晶配向膜之形成及垂直配向型液晶顯 示元件之製造。關於所得液晶顯示元件,顯示良好垂直配 〇 向性者(顯示均一黑顯示者)爲「良」,有光漏者爲「不良 J 。 實施例ArIE-76〜101 作爲液晶配向劑,除分別使用第5表所示者外’與實 施例ArIE-75同樣地製作垂直配向型液晶顯示元件、進行 評估。結果如第5表。 $ φ -99- 200934859 第5表 液晶配向劑 (名稱) 垂直配向型液晶顯示元件 液晶 配向性 預傾角 (°) 電壓 維持率 (%) 燒附 (mV) 耐熱 性 實施例ArIE-75 A-ArIE-16 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-76 A-ArIE-17 良 89 98 6 良 實施例ArIE-77 A-ArIE-20 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-78 A-ArIE-21 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-79 A-ArIE-22 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ΑιΊΕ-80 Α-ΑγΙΕ-23 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-81 A-ArIE-24 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-82 A-ArIE-25 良 89 97 7 良 實施例ArIE-83 Α-ΑγΙΕ-26 良 89 97 7 良 實施倒J AriE-84 A-ArIE-27 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-85 A-ArIE-28 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-86 A-ArIE-29 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-87 A-ArIE-30 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-88 A-ArIE-31 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-89 A-ArIE-32 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-90 A-ArIE-33 良 89 98 7 良 實施例1 ArIE-91 A-ArIE-34 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-92 A-ArIE-35 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-93 A-ArIE-36 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-94 A-ArIE-37 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-95 A-ArIE-38 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-96 A-ArIE-39 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-97 A-ArIE-40 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-98 A-ArIE-41 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-99 A-ArIE-42 良 89 98 8 良 實施例ArIE-100 A-ArIE-43 良 89 98 7 良 實施例ArIE-101 A-ArIE-44 良 89 98 7 良EXAMPLES ArIE-75 &lt;Production of Vertical Alignment Type Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent A-ArIE-16 prepared by the above Example ArIE-29 was transparent to a transparent electrode glass substrate formed by an IT ruthenium film. The electrode surface was coated by spin coating, prebaked on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute, and then heated at 200 ° C for 1 hour - 97 - 200934859 in an oven substituted with nitrogen in the library (after Baking) 'Forming a film thickness Ο. ίμιη coating film. Next, on the surface of the coating film, a polarized ultraviolet ray of 313 nm was subjected to a tilt of 40 from the substrate normal line using an Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan-Taylor crucible. The direction of the lens is obtained by the liquid crystal alignment film. The same operation was repeated to fabricate a pair of (two) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. On the outer periphery of one of the substrates in which the liquid crystal alignment film is provided, the epoxy resin adhesive containing the alumina spheres having a diameter of 5 · 5 μm is coated by screen printing, and then the substrate of the pair is made The liquid crystal alignment film faces, and the projection direction of the substrate surface of the optical axis of the ultraviolet light of each substrate is pressed in antiparallel, and the adhesive is thermally cured at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with a negative-type liquid crystal (MLC-6608 manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) from the gap between the substrates, and the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive. Further, in order to remove the flow alignment at the time of liquid crystal injection, the mixture was heated at 150 ° C for 1 minute and then slowly cooled to room temperature. Next, on the outer surfaces of the substrate, the polarizing plates are perpendicular to each other in the direction of polarization, and the projection direction of the substrate from the ultraviolet light axis of the liquid crystal alignment film is 45. The bonding is performed in an angle manner to manufacture a vertically aligned liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal alignment property, voltage maintenance ratio, and baking of the vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device were evaluated in the same manner as in the example ArIE-58, and the pretilt angle and heat resistance were evaluated in accordance with the following methods. The overall evaluation results are shown in Table 5. (4) Evaluation of pretilt angle The liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above is used according to the method described in J. Scheffer-98-200934859 et. al. J. Appl. Phys. vol. 19, p2013 (1980). He-Ne laser light was measured by a crystal rotation method to measure the pretilt angle. (5) Evaluation of heat resistance The post-baking temperature at which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed was set to 250 ° C. The formation of a liquid crystal alignment film and the production of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element were carried out in the same manner as above. Regarding the obtained liquid crystal display element, those who showed good vertical alignment (displayed as a uniform black display) were "good", and those who had light leakage were "bad J. Example ArIE-76 to 101 as a liquid crystal alignment agent, except for use separately. In the same manner as in the Example ArIE-75, a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5. $ φ -99- 200934859 Table 5 Liquid Crystal Alignment Agent (Name) Vertical Alignment Liquid crystal display element liquid crystal alignment pretilt angle (°) Voltage maintenance ratio (%) Burning (mV) Heat resistance Example ArIE-75 A-ArIE-16 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-76 A-ArIE-17 Good 89 98 6 Good example ArIE-77 A-ArIE-20 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-78 A-ArIE-21 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-79 A-ArIE-22 Good 89 98 7 Good EXAMPLES ΑιΊΕ-80 Α-ΑγΙΕ-23 Good 89 98 8 Good Example ArIE-81 A-ArIE-24 Good 89 98 8 Good Example ArIE-82 A-ArIE-25 Good 89 97 7 Good Example ArIE-83 Α-ΑγΙΕ-26 Good 89 97 7 Good implementation inverted J AriE-84 A-ArIE-27 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-85 A-ArIE-28 Good 89 98 7 Good EXAMPLES ArIE-86 A-ArIE-29 Good 89 98 7 Good Example ArIE-87 A-ArIE-30 Good 89 98 8 Good Example ArIE-88 A-ArIE-31 Good 89 98 8 Good Example ArIE-89 A-ArIE-32 good 89 98 7 good example ArIE-90 A-ArIE-33 good 89 98 7 good example 1 ArIE-91 A-ArIE-34 good 89 98 7 good example ArIE-92 A-ArIE- 35 good 89 98 7 good example ArIE-93 A-ArIE-36 good 89 98 7 good example ArIE-94 A-ArIE-37 good 89 98 8 good example ArIE-95 A-ArIE-38 good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-96 A-ArIE-39 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-97 A-ArIE-40 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-98 A-ArIE-41 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE- 99 A-ArIE-42 Good 89 98 8 Good example ArIE-100 A-ArIE-43 Good 89 98 7 Good example ArIE-101 A-ArIE-44 Good 89 98 7 Good

發明效果 -100- 200934859 本發明之液晶配向劑’作爲適用光配向法的液晶配向 劑,與習知之液晶配向劑比較,可以少量放射線照射量形 成具有優異液晶配向性及電特性的液晶配向膜。進一步、 所形成之液晶配向膜的耐熱性高,故可無步驟上的不適而 進行液晶面板的製造。 . 此外,使用此液晶配向膜於液晶顯示元件時,液晶顯 示元件可較從前價廉地製造’且所得液晶顯示元件爲顯示 © 特性、信賴性等之諸性能優異者。而,此等之液晶顯示元 件可有效適用於種種裝置,例如桌上型計算機、手錶、時 鐘、計數顯示板、文書處理系統、個人電腦、液晶電視等 之裝置。 ❾ -101 -EFFECTS OF THE INVENTION -100-200934859 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties, and can be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent which is suitable for a photo-alignment method. Further, since the formed liquid crystal alignment film has high heat resistance, the liquid crystal panel can be produced without any discomfort in steps. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment element is used for the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal display element can be manufactured at a lower cost than before. The obtained liquid crystal display element is excellent in display performance, reliability, and the like. Moreover, such liquid crystal display elements can be effectively applied to various devices such as desktop computers, watches, clocks, counting display panels, word processing systems, personal computers, liquid crystal televisions and the like. ❾ -101 -

Claims (1)

200934859 十、申請專利範圍 1· 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵係含有下述式(1)200934859 X. Patent application scope 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent characterized by the following formula (1) φ (式(!)中’ R1爲氫原子或碳數1〜40之1價的有機基,RII 、Rlv及Rv各自獨立,爲氫原子、甲基、氰基或氟原子, R1爲氫原子時R111爲碳數1〜40之1價的有機基,R1爲氫 原子以外時Rni爲羧基)所表示之化合物、與選自下述式 (S-1)φ (in the formula (!), R1 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 40, and RII, Rlv and Rv are each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom, and R1 is a hydrogen atom. When R111 is a monovalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, R1 is a carboxyl group when RNi is a carboxyl group, and a compound selected from the following formula (S-1) (S-1 ) (式(S-1)中,X1爲具有環氧基之1價的有機基,Y1爲羥基 、碳數1〜10之烷氧基、碳數1〜20之烷基或碳數6〜20 之芳基)所表示之具有重複單位的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解 物及水解物之縮合物所成群之至少1種進行反應所得到之 感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中,上述 式(1)所表示之化合物係爲下述式(2) -102- 200934859 RVII Ru O(S-1) (In the formula (S-1), X1 is a monovalent organic group having an epoxy group, Y1 is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or Radiation-based polyorganosiloxane obtained by reacting at least one of a group of polyorganosiloxanes having a repeating unit and a condensate of a hydrolyzate and a hydrolyzate thereof, represented by an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms alkyl. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the first aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the above formula (1) is the following formula (2) -102 - 200934859 RVII Ru O :nhQ- CH=CH-COOH (式(2)中,R11、RIV及Rv分別與上述式(1)中者同義,RVI „ 爲單鍵、醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、硫酯鍵或醯胺鍵,Rvn爲 可以氟原子取代之碳數1〜30之烷基或可以氟原子取代之 Q 碳數3〜40之脂環式基)所表示之化合物。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中,上述 式(1)所表示之化合物係爲下述式(3 ):nhQ-CH=CH-COOH (In the formula (2), R11, RIV and Rv are respectively synonymous with the above formula (1), and RVI „ is a single bond, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an ester bond, a thioester bond Or a guanamine bond, Rvn is a compound represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom or an alicyclic group having a Q carbon number of 3 to 40 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. A liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the above formula (1) is a formula (3) (式(3)中,R11、RIV及Rv分別與上述式(1)中者同義, Q RVU1爲可以氟原子取代之碳數1〜30之烷基或可以氟原子 取代之碳數3〜40之脂環式基)所表示之化合物。 4.如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑, #中,更含有由聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成群選出之至少1 種的聚合物。 5 .如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,更含有選自下述式(S-2) —s卜 〇— .Ϋ2 (S-2) -103- 200934859 (式(s_2)中,X2爲羥基、鹵原子、碳數1〜20之烷基、碳 數1〜6之烷氧基或碳數6〜20之芳基’ Y2爲經基或碳數 1〜10之烷氧基)所示之聚矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物之縮 合物所成群之至少1種。 6. —種液晶配向膜之形成方法,其特徵係於基板上塗 麇 佈申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑後形成 4 © 塗膜,並對該塗膜照射放射線。 7. —種液晶顯示元件,其特徵係具備有由申請專利範 圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜 〇 8. —種感放射線性聚有機矽氧烷,其特徵係上述式(1) 所表示之化合物、與由上述式(S-1)所表示之具有重複單位 &quot; 的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物之縮合物所成群選出 之至少1種進行反應所得到者。 ® 9·—種上述式(1)所表示之化合物。 -104- 200934859 七、指定代表圖: (一) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無(In the formula (3), R11, RIV and Rv are the same as those in the above formula (1), and Q RVU1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a carbon number of 3 to 40 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. The compound represented by the alicyclic group. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyproline and polyimine. 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent is further selected from the group consisting of the following formula (S-2) - s 〇 - - Ϋ 2 (S-2) -103 - 200934859 (In the formula (s_2), X2 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 Y 2 is a trans group or a carbon number of 1 At least one of the polyoxyalkylene represented by the alkoxy group of ~10, the hydrolyzate thereof and the condensate of the hydrolyzate. A method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film, which comprises applying a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3 on a substrate, and forming a 4 © coating film, and irradiating the coating film with radiation. 7. A liquid crystal display device characterized by comprising a liquid crystal alignment film formed by a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane. It is characterized in that a compound represented by the above formula (1) and a condensate of a polyorganosiloxane having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (S-1), a hydrolyzate thereof and a hydrolyzate are selected in groups. At least one of the types obtained by the reaction. ® 9 - a compound represented by the above formula (1). -104- 200934859 VII. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None (2), the representative symbol of the representative figure is simple: No 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: CH=CH—COOR1 α)CH=CH—COOR1 α)
TW97150434A 2007-12-26 2008-12-24 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film TWI406931B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007334243 2007-12-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200934859A true TW200934859A (en) 2009-08-16
TWI406931B TWI406931B (en) 2013-09-01

Family

ID=40801004

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97150434A TWI406931B (en) 2007-12-26 2008-12-24 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4544439B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101534887B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101910928B (en)
TW (1) TWI406931B (en)
WO (1) WO2009081692A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI501999B (en) * 2010-05-10 2015-10-01 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent,liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element,polyamic acid and polyimide
TWI504678B (en) * 2010-05-14 2015-10-21 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI649605B (en) * 2014-03-19 2019-02-01 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5776152B2 (en) * 2009-10-14 2015-09-09 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compound
JP6048117B2 (en) * 2012-03-22 2016-12-21 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
TWI490253B (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-07-01 Daxin Materials Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film. and liquid crystal display device
TWI560241B (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-12-01 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI560242B (en) 2014-11-05 2016-12-01 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2016113930A1 (en) * 2015-01-15 2017-10-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent using photoreactive hydrogen bonding polymer liquid crystal, and liquid crystal alignment film

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4731435A (en) * 1986-11-10 1988-03-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Elastomers
DE4416993C2 (en) * 1994-05-13 2002-12-12 Daimler Chrysler Ag Paint that can be thermally influenced
KR0179115B1 (en) * 1995-11-20 1999-05-01 구자홍 The photoresist material for lcd orientation layer and its application lcd
JP4882146B2 (en) * 2000-11-09 2012-02-22 Jnc株式会社 Imide compound, resin composition containing the same, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
TWI359189B (en) * 2004-01-27 2012-03-01 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal ali
JP4864375B2 (en) * 2004-08-09 2012-02-01 ドンジン セミケム カンパニー リミテッド Photosensitive resin composition for spacer, spacer and liquid crystal display element
JP4656309B2 (en) * 2005-06-29 2011-03-23 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5041134B2 (en) * 2006-01-30 2012-10-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI501999B (en) * 2010-05-10 2015-10-01 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent,liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element,polyamic acid and polyimide
TWI504678B (en) * 2010-05-14 2015-10-21 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI649605B (en) * 2014-03-19 2019-02-01 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2009081692A1 (en) 2011-05-06
WO2009081692A1 (en) 2009-07-02
CN101910928A (en) 2010-12-08
CN101910928B (en) 2013-08-07
KR101534887B1 (en) 2015-07-07
JP4544439B2 (en) 2010-09-15
KR20100106319A (en) 2010-10-01
TWI406931B (en) 2013-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI460509B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI458708B (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI502001B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, polyorgano siloxane, liquid crystal alignment film and method for forming the same as well as liquid crystal display element
JP4416054B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TW200934859A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for forming liquid crystal alignment film
TWI531619B (en) Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2011242427A (en) Liquid crystal aligner and liquid crystal display element
KR101697496B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds
JP5413555B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TW200932793A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP5790358B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
TWI632197B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP5413556B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201903049A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI647234B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
JP5041599B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, formation method thereof, liquid crystal display element and optical member
JP2018032029A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and production method of the same
TWI660004B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and method of producing the same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2009258578A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, forming method thereof, liquid crystal display element, and optical member
TW201839111A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and polyorganosiloxane
JP2013142849A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent